piusbird/recutils
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Inital Commit

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
piusbird 2025-08-31 14:58:19 -04:00
commit e4fae03d28
958 changed files with 382289 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1379
ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

21
AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
# -*- mode: rec -*-
# This file contains the names of the people that contributed with
# code and/or documentation to GNU recutils.
Name: Jose E. Marchesi
Email: jemarch@gnu.org
Name: Ralf Wildenhues
Email: Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de
Name: Daiki Ueno
Email: ueno@unixuser.org
Name: John Darrington
Email: john@darrington.wattle.id.au
Name: Michał Masłowski
Email: mtjm@mtjm.eu
# End of AUTHORS

674
COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

8614
ChangeLog Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

127
GNUmakefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me 'include' the dynamically
# generated rules created via cfg.mk (package-local configuration)
# as well as maint.mk (generic maintainer rules).
# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
# only to the maintainer.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
# give them a diagnostic.
_gl-Makefile := $(wildcard [M]akefile)
ifneq ($(_gl-Makefile),)
# Make tar archive easier to reproduce.
export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner
# Allow the user to add to this in the Makefile.
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS =
include Makefile
# Some projects override e.g., _autoreconf here.
-include $(srcdir)/cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include $(srcdir)/maint.mk
# Ensure that $(VERSION) is up to date for dist-related targets, but not
# for others: rerunning autoreconf and recompiling everything isn't cheap.
_have-git-version-gen := \
$(shell test -f $(srcdir)/$(_build-aux)/git-version-gen && echo yes)
ifeq ($(_have-git-version-gen)0,yes$(MAKELEVEL))
_is-dist-target ?= $(filter-out %clean, \
$(filter maintainer-% dist% alpha beta stable,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
_is-install-target ?= $(filter-out %check, $(filter install%,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
ifneq (,$(_is-dist-target)$(_is-install-target))
_curr-ver := $(shell cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(_build-aux)/git-version-gen \
.tarball-version \
$(git-version-gen-tag-sed-script))
ifneq ($(_curr-ver),$(VERSION))
ifeq ($(_curr-ver),UNKNOWN)
$(info WARNING: unable to verify if $(VERSION) is the correct version)
else
ifneq (,$(_is-install-target))
# GNU Coding Standards state that 'make install' should not cause
# recompilation after 'make all'. But as long as changing the version
# string alters config.h, the cost of having 'make all' always have an
# up-to-date version is prohibitive. So, as a compromise, we merely
# warn when installing a version string that is out of date; the user
# should run 'autoreconf' (or something like 'make distcheck') to
# fix the version, 'make all' to propagate it, then 'make install'.
$(info WARNING: version string $(VERSION) is out of date;)
$(info run '$(MAKE) _version' to fix it)
else
$(info INFO: running autoreconf for new version string: $(_curr-ver))
GNUmakefile: _version
touch GNUmakefile
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
.PHONY: _version
_version:
cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf autom4te.cache .version && $(_autoreconf)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) Makefile
else
.DEFAULT_GOAL := abort-due-to-no-makefile
srcdir = .
# The package can override .DEFAULT_GOAL to run actions like autoreconf.
-include ./cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include ./maint.mk
ifeq ($(.DEFAULT_GOAL),abort-due-to-no-makefile)
$(MAKECMDGOALS): abort-due-to-no-makefile
endif
abort-due-to-no-makefile:
@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. 1>&2
@echo "You must run ./configure before running '$(MAKE)'." 1>&2
@exit 1
endif
# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
# directory in parallel, in case someone tries to build multiple
# targets, and one of them can cause a recursive target to be invoked.
# Only set this if Automake doesn't provide it.
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS ?= $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
dist distcheck tags ctags
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS += $(AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS)
ifneq ($(word 2, $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
ifneq ($(filter $(ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS), $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
.NOTPARALLEL:
endif
endif

368
INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2017, 2020-2021 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging 'configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
'./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same timestamps as their
prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its '<wchar.h>' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
'configure' Invocation
======================
'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
'--help'
'-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
'--help=short'
'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
present in any nested packages.
'--version'
'-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
'--config-cache'
'-C'
Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
'--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
installation locations.
'--no-create'
'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
'configure --help' for more details.

27
Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
# Top-level Makefile.am
# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2020, 2022
# Jose E. Marchesi
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
SUBDIRS = lib libcsv src utils bash doc po man torture etc
perf:
$(MAKE) -C torture/utils perf
.PHONY: perf
# End of Makefile.am

2320
Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

213
NEWS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
This NEWS file records noteworthy changes, very tersely.
See the manual for detailed information.
Copyright 2010-2022 Jose E. Marchesi.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Version 1.9 (16 April 2022)
* Utilities:
. Fix bug preventing recins and recset to work when /tmp is
in a different mount point.
. Fix a segfault that occured when csv2rec was presented with
invalid data.
. Fix long option name for -j/--join.
* Format:
. New special field %singular to mark fields whose contents
must be unique in the containing record set.
* librec:
. Fix a segmentation fault when there are blank characters before
the list of fields in %type fields.
* Documentation:
. New manual chapter discussing the ob-rec.el major mode.
. Do not claim that recins creates non-existent files.
* Other fixes:
. CVE-2021-46019
. CVE-2021-46022
. CVE-2021-46022
. gnulib updated.
Version 1.8 (3 January 2019)
* Utilities:
. Fix the build of readrec with recent bash headers.
* librec:
. Fix evaluation of sexes containing #NAME expressions.
. Make numeric results from aggregated functions signed.
* readred:
. readrec --help now shows the help message and returns,
instead of waiting for input.
* Emacs mode:
. rec-mode.el now supports case-insensitive searches.
. rec-mode.el now defines it's own faces.
. ob-rec.el was switched to lexical binding to satisfy later
org-mode versions.
* It is now possible to run the testsuite in parallel.
* Other fixes:
. gnulib updated.
. GNU/Hurd build fixed.
. Aggregate functions now work properly in Aarch64 and powerpc.
Version 1.7 (25 March 2014)
* Utilities:
. rec2csv now supports a -d option to change the delimiter
character in CSV files.
. It is now possible to specify several recfiles in the
command line containing anonymous records.
* Format:
. Support for restricting the fields that can appear in records
with the new %allowed special field.
. If a tab separates a field name and a field value is now
ignored and not considered part of the field value.
* librec:
. The current version of the library is now 1.
* Emacs mode:
. It now possible to jump several records while navigating
using a prefix argument to the next/previous commands.
* Documentation:
. The examples in the manual have been improved, and well as many
other aspects: formatting, English, etc. Special thanks to Karl
Berry for pointing out the problems and suggesting solutions.
* Internal cleanup and code factorization.
* Many, many, many bug fixes :D
Version 1.6 (03 November 2013)
* Utilities:
. Support for joins and foreign keys.
. Grouping records by one or more fields.
. Sorting recors by several fields.
. Specifying rewrite rules in field expressions.
. Writing field values in rows.
. Dot-notation in selection expressions.
. Support for the >= and <= operators in selection expressions.
. Aggregated functions: sum, min, max, avg.
. New bash loadable builtin `readrec'.
* Format:
. New UUID field type.
. User provided arbitrary constraints with %constraint.
. Pre-defined constants MIN and MAX can now be used in ranges.
* librec:
. New high-level API: rec_db_query, rec_db_insert, rec_db_delete and
rec_db_set.
. Documentation in the rec.h header file extended and improved.
* Emacs mode:
. Texinfo manual describing the usage of rec-mode.
. Support for a mode hook.
. Comments are now supported in records.
. add-change-log-entry in a recfile now does the right thing.
. Commands for copying/killing fields and records.
. Support for undo in navigation mode.
. Field folding.
. Editing methods for the several field types.
. Statistics.
* Documentation:
. The user manual has been restructured and expanded.
* Internal cleanup and code factorization.
* Many, many, many bug fixes :D
Version 1.5 (13 January 2012)
* The utilities will now ask interactively for a password if it was
not provided with the -s command line option. This avoids security
problems related to shell history files.
* Support for octal and hexadecimal numbers has been added. They can
be used in both the records and selection expressions.
* It is now possible to select a given number of random records in
many of the utilities using the -m command line option.
* The -n option now accepts a list of indexes, supporting ranges.
* The new -U (uniq) option for recsel removes duplicated fields in the
output records.
* The new -q (quick) option allows to quickly search for the desired
record without having to provide a complete selection expression.
* Auto generated fields are now considered integers by default. This
avoids repetitive patterns in record descriptors involving %auto and
%type.
* Tab characters are now allowed in blank lines betwwen records.
* The API in rec.h is now better documented with comments, and
improved.
* recfix now exits with an error status if there is a parse error in
some input file.
* The usage of the internal data structures has been _vastly_
improved, resulting in a much faster operation.
* Internal cleanup and code factorization.
* Many, many, many bug fixes :D
Version 1.4 (03 November 2011)
* Support for encryption with the new %confidential special field.
* Support for named types with the new %typedef special field.
* Support for sorting with the new %sort special field.
* Recutils support for org-babel is now included in the distribution
as ob-rec.el. It allows to read rec data into org documents in both
raw and table formats.
* It is now possible to use double quotes for delimiting string
literals in selection expressions, as well as single quotes.
Unescapted newline characters are also supported.
* The manual has been vastly improved.
* recfix now supports several operations: check, sort, encrypt and
decrypt.
* recins now generates parseable locale independent dates when
generating time-stamps in auto-fields.
* Lots of bug fixes.
Version 1.3 (11 February 2011)
* A quite bad (and embarrassing) bug introduced in 1.2 has been
fixed. The bug was causing recins, recdel and recset to report
random integrity failures, due to a uninitialized variable.
* New special field %size, that allows to define constraints in the
size of record sets.
* Several fixes in the user manual.
* Little portability issue that prevented one of the tests to compile
in macos x has been fixed.
* Translations updates.
Version 1.2 (4 February 2011)
* New utility rec2csv, to export rec data to csv files.
* Support for auto-incremented fields and timestamps with the new
%auto field in record descriptors.
* Support for comments in enum type descriptions.
* recset now supports a new "set or add field" operation, implementing
the common case of setting the value of a field in case it exists,
or else add it to the record.
* The flavor of regular expressions accepted in both selection
expressions and type descriptions is now documented in the user
manual.
* Translations for German, Finnish, Swedish and Dutch.
* recdel now performs an integrity check before to complete the
deletion.
* The utilities no longer "expand" the contents of remote descriptors
in the local ones.
* recset and recins no longer destroy the permissions of the rec file
that is being modified.
* Many fixes in the documentation.
* Lots of bug fixes.
Version 1.1 (24 December 2010)
* New utility recfmt, to format records based on templates.
* Improvements in selection expressions:
. Support ranges in field subscripts.
. New date operators: before (<<), after (>>) and sametime (==).
. New ternary conditional operator (?:).
. New string concatenation operator (&).
* libcsv is now embedded in the source distribution, so it is no
longer required to have it installed to build csv2rec.
* Portability problems fixed. The programs have been tested in the
following systems:
. GNU/Linux
. FreeBSD 6.4
. MacOS X
. mingw32
. Solaris 8
. AIX 5.1
. HP-UX 11.00
. IRIX 6.5
. Tru64 (OSF/1 5.1)
. Cygwin 1.7
* Lots of bug fixes.
Version 1.0 (3 December 2010)
* Initial release.
. User manual.
. Library (librec).
. Utilities: recinf, recsel, recins, recdel, recset, recfix, csv2rec,
mdb2rec.
. Experimental Emacs mode (rec-mode.el).

56
README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
This is the README file for the GNU recutils distribution.
The GNU recutils are a set of libraries and utilities supporting the
Rec format: a human-readable, text-based format to store little to
medium sized databases.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2010, 2020, 2022 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Copyright (C) 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018,
2020, 2022 Jose E. Marchesi
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
See the files ./INSTALL* for building and installation instructions.
Primary distribution point: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/recutils/
automatic redirection: http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/recutils
list of mirrors for manual selection: http://www.gnu.org/prep/ftp.html
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/recutils/
Mailing list: bug-recutils@gnu.org
- please use this list for all discussion: bug reports, enhancements, etc.
- archived at: http://lists.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-recutils
- anyone is welcome to join the list; to do so, visit
http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-recutils
- there is no corresponding newsgroup.
Bug reports:
Please include enough information for the maintainers to reproduce the
problem. Gnerally speaking, that means:
- the contents of any input files necessary to reproduce the bug
and command line invocations of the program(s) involved (crucial!).
- a description of the problem and any samples of the erroneous output.
- the version number of the program(s) involved (use --version).
- hardware, operating system, and compiler versions (uname -a).
- unusual options you gave to configure, if any (see config.status).
- anything else that you think would be helpful.
Patches are most welcome; if possible, please make them with diff -c and
include ChangeLog entries.
See README-dev for information on the development environment -- any
interested parties are welcome. If you're a programmer and wish to
contribute, this should get you started. If you're not a programmer,
your help in writing test cases, checking the documentation against the
implementation, translating the program strings to other languages,
etc., would still be very much appreciated.
GNU Recutils is free software. See the file COPYING for copying conditions.
For any copyright year range specified as YYYY-ZZZZ in this package
note that the range specifies every single year in that closed
interval.

17
README.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
# town-recutils
This source code is GNU Recutils version 1.9 from the GNU mirrors.
With minimal patching to make it build on Debian Trixe.
The patch set is a slight tweak to the Fedora recutils-c99 patch,
by Florian Weimer. Which has been pending upstream review for three years.
This repository is intended to provide access to
Complete Corresponding Source, for members if tilde.town.
Accordingly i will only make commits in this repo, when
tilde.town's needs require changes to be made.
In other words
This is not a fork!

1452
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

41
bash/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
# bash/Makefile.am
# GNU recutils
# Copyright (C) 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2020, 2022 Jose E.
# Marchesi
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
if BASH_BUILTINS
COMMON_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_builddir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir)/lib \
-I$(top_srcdir)/src -DHAVE_CONFIG_H \
-I$(BASH_HEADERS) -I$(BASH_HEADERS)/lib -I$(BASH_HEADERS)/builtins \
-I$(BASH_HEADERS)/include
lib_LTLIBRARIES = readrec.la testrec.la
AM_CPPFLAGS = $(COMMON_CPPFLAGS)
readrec_la_LDFLAGS = -module
readrec_la_LIBADD = $(top_builddir)/src/librec.la
readrec_la_SOURCES = readrec.c
testrec_la_LDFLAGS = -module
testrec_la_LIBADD = $(top_builddir)/src/librec.la
testrec_la_SOURCES = testrec.c
endif
# End of Makefile.am

2187
bash/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

158
bash/readrec.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/* -*- mode: C -*-
*
* File: readrec.c
* Date: Fri Aug 23 18:38:08 2013
*
* GNU recutils - readrec bash loadable builtin.
*
*/
/* Copyright (C) 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2022
* Jose E. Marchesi */
/* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <bash/config.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <rec.h>
#include "builtins.h"
#include "shell.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "builtins/bashgetopt.h"
/* The function implementing the builtin. It uses internal_getopt to
parse options. It is the same as getopt(3), but it takes a pointer
to a WORD_LIST.
If the builtin takes no options, call no_options(list) before doing
anything else. If it returns a non-zero value, your builtin should
immediately return EX_USAGE.
A builtin command returns EXECUTION_SUCCESS for success and
EXECUTION_FAILURE to indicate failure. */
int
readrec_builtin (WORD_LIST *list)
{
SHELL_VAR *var;
rec_parser_t parser;
rec_record_t record;
if (no_options (list) != 0)
return EX_USAGE;
/* Create a librec parser to operate on the standard input and try
to read a record. If there is a parse error then report it and
fail. */
parser = rec_parser_new (stdin, "stdin");
if (!parser)
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (!rec_parse_record (parser, &record))
{
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
}
{
size_t record_str_size = 0;
char *record_str = NULL;
char *record_str_dequoted = NULL;
rec_writer_t writer = rec_writer_new_str (&record_str, &record_str_size);
if (!writer || !rec_write_record (writer, record))
return EXIT_FAILURE;
rec_writer_destroy (writer);
/* Set the REPLY_REC environment variable to the read record. */
record_str_dequoted = dequote_string (record_str);
var = bind_variable ("REPLY_REC", record_str_dequoted, 0);
VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
xfree (record_str_dequoted);
/* Set the environment variables for the fields. */
{
rec_field_t field = NULL;
rec_mset_iterator_t iter = rec_mset_iterator (rec_record_mset (record));
// rec_record_reset_marks (record);
while (rec_mset_iterator_next (&iter, MSET_FIELD, (const void **) &field, NULL))
{
char *var_name = rec_field_name (field);
size_t num_fields = rec_record_get_num_fields_by_name (record, var_name);
// if (rec_record_field_mark (record, field))
// continue;
#if defined ARRAY_VARS
if (num_fields > 1)
{
/* In case several fields share the same field name, create
an array variable containing all the values. */
size_t i = 0;
for (; i < num_fields; i++)
{
// rec_record_mark_field (record, field, true);
field = rec_record_get_field_by_name (record, var_name, i);
var = bind_array_variable (var_name, i, rec_field_value (field), 0);
VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
}
}
else
{
/* Bind a normal variable. */
char *var_value = rec_field_value (field);
var = bind_variable (var_name, var_value, 0);
VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
}
#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
}
rec_mset_iterator_free (&iter);
}
}
return EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
}
/* An array of strings forming the `long' documentation for the builtin,
which is printed by `help xxx'. It must end with a NULL. By convention,
the first line is a short description. */
char *readrec_doc[] = {
"Read a recutils record from the standard input.",
"",
"The read record is stored in the REPLY_REC variable. Additional variables",
"are set named after the fields in the record.",
"",
"Exit Status:",
"The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered.",
(char *) NULL
};
/* The standard structure describing a builtin command. bash keeps an
array of these structures. The flags must include BUILTIN_ENABLED
so the builtin can be used. */
struct builtin readrec_struct = {
"readrec", /* builtin name */
readrec_builtin, /* function implementing the builtin */
BUILTIN_ENABLED, /* initial flags for builtin */
readrec_doc, /* array of long documentation strings. */
"readrec", /* usage synopsis; becomes short_doc */
0 /* reserved for internal use */
};

135
bash/testrec.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/* -*- mode: C -*- Time-stamp: "2019-01-03 09:44:20 jemarch"
*
* File: testrec.c
* Date: Fri Aug 23 21:41:00 2013
*
* GNU recutils - testrec bash loadable builtin.
*
*/
/* Copyright (C) 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2022
* Jose E. Marchesi */
/* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <config.h>
#include <bash/config.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <rec.h>
#include "builtins.h"
#include "shell.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "builtins/bashgetopt.h"
/* The function implementing the builtin. It uses internal_getopt to
parse options. It is the same as getopt(3), but it takes a pointer
to a WORD_LIST.
If the builtin takes no options, call no_options(list) before doing
anything else. If it returns a non-zero value, your builtin should
immediately return EX_USAGE.
A builtin command returns EXECUTION_SUCCESS for success and
EXECUTION_FAILURE to indicate failure. */
int
testrec_builtin (WORD_LIST *list)
{
int res = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;
char **argv;
int argc;
SHELL_VAR *var;
rec_record_t record;
rec_parser_t parser;
char *record_str, *sex_str;
/* Get arguments and verify them. */
argv = make_builtin_argv (list, &argc);
if ((argc != 3)
|| ((strcmp (argv[0], "[%") == 0) && ((strlen (argv[2]) == 2) && ((argv[2][0] != '%') || (argv[2][1] != ']')))))
{
fprintf (stderr, "Usage: [%% SEX %%]\n");
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
}
sex_str = argv[1];
/* Get the record to operate on from the REPLY_REC environment
variable. */
var = find_variable ("REPLY_REC");
if (!var)
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
record_str = get_variable_value (var);
parser = rec_parser_new_str (record_str, "REPLY_REC");
if (!parser || !rec_parse_record (parser, &record))
{
fprintf (stderr, "testrec: error: invalid record in REPLY_REC\n");
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
}
/* Apply the selection expression. */
{
bool status = false;
rec_sex_t sex = rec_sex_new (false);
if (!sex)
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
if (!rec_sex_compile (sex, sex_str))
{
fprintf (stderr, "testrec: error: wrong selection expression\n");
return EXECUTION_FAILURE;
}
res = rec_sex_eval (sex, record, &status) ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE;
rec_sex_destroy (sex);
}
/* Cleanup. */
rec_record_destroy (record);
return res;
}
/* An array of strings forming the `long' documentation for the builtin,
which is printed by `help xxx'. It must end with a NULL. By convention,
the first line is a short description. */
char *testrec_doc[] = {
"Evaluate a selection expression on the record stored in REPLY_REC.",
"",
"Evaluates a given selection expression on the record stored in the\n\
REPLY_REC variable, if any.\n\
\n\
Exit Status:\n\
The return code is zero if the selection expression evaluates to\n\
true, -1 otherwise.\n",
(char *) NULL
};
/* The standard structure describing a builtin command. bash keeps an
array of these structures. The flags must include BUILTIN_ENABLED
so the builtin can be used. */
struct builtin testrec_struct = {
"[%", /* builtin name */
testrec_builtin, /* function implementing the builtin */
BUILTIN_ENABLED, /* initial flags for builtin */
testrec_doc, /* array of long documentation strings. */
"testrec", /* usage synopsis; becomes short_doc */
0 /* reserved for internal use */
};

596
build-aux/announce-gen Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Generate a release announcement message.
# Copyright (C) 2002-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2022-03-14 10:08'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
my $copyright_year = '2022';
use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable);
my @archive_suffixes = qw (tar.gz tar.bz2 tar.lz tar.lzma tar.xz);
my $srcdir = '.';
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
Generate an announcement message. Run this from builddir.
OPTIONS:
These options must be specified:
--release-type=TYPE TYPE must be one of @types
--package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
--previous-version=VER
--current-version=VER
--gpg-key-id=ID The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
--url-directory=URL_DIR
The following are optional:
--news=NEWS_FILE include the NEWS section about this release
from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates.
--srcdir=DIR where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir)
--bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST a comma-separated list of tools, e.g.,
autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib
--gnulib-version=VERSION report VERSION as the gnulib version, where
VERSION is the result of running git describe
in the gnulib source directory.
required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST.
--gpg-key-email=EMAIL The email address of the key used to
sign the tarballs
--gpg-keyring-url=URL URL pointing to keyring containing the key used
to sign the tarballs
--no-print-checksums do not emit SHA1 or SHA256 checksums
--archive-suffix=SUF add SUF to the list of archive suffixes
--mail-headers=HEADERS a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g.,
To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,...
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash. Return
C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
=cut
sub sizes (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
my $fail = 0;
my %res;
foreach my $f (@file)
{
my $cmd = "du -h $f";
my $t = `$cmd`;
# FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
$@
and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
chomp $t;
$t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
$res{$f} = $t;
}
return $fail ? undef : %res;
}
=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
=cut
sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
{
my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
print "Here are the $title:\n";
foreach my $url (@{$url})
{
for my $file (@file)
{
print " $url/$file";
print " (", $$size{$file}, ")"
if exists $$size{$file};
print "\n";
}
}
print "\n";
}
=item C<print_checksums (@file)
Print the SHA1 and SHA256 signature section for each C<@file>.
=cut
sub print_checksums (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
print "Here are the SHA1 and SHA256 checksums:\n";
print "\n";
use Digest::file qw(digest_file_hex digest_file_base64);
foreach my $f (@file)
{
print digest_file_hex($f, "SHA-1"), " $f\n";
print digest_file_base64($f, "SHA-256"), " $f\n";
}
print "\nThe SHA256 checksum is base64 encoded, instead of the\n";
print "hexadecimal encoding that most checksum tools default to.\n\n";
}
=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
=cut
sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
{
my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
my $news_name = $news_file;
$news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||;
print "\n$news_name\n\n";
# Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
# that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
# the first occurrence of $prev_version.
my $in_items;
my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/;
my $found_news;
open NEWS, '<', $news_file
or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
{
if ( ! $in_items)
{
# Match lines like these:
# * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
# * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
or next;
$in_items = 1;
print $line;
}
else
{
# This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items.
# For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5",
# and we don't want that to match.
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
and last;
print $line;
$line =~ /\S/
and $found_news = 1;
}
}
close NEWS;
$in_items
or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n";
$found_news
or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n";
}
sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
{
my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
# Print new ChangeLog entries.
# First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
use File::Find;
my @changelog;
find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
'.');
# If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
@changelog
or return;
my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
# Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
# files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
# in this order:
my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
# A typical @changelog array might look like this:
# ./ChangeLog
# ./po/ChangeLog
# ./m4/ChangeLog
# ./lib/ChangeLog
# ./doc/ChangeLog
# ./config/ChangeLog
my @reordered;
foreach my $d (@dir)
{
my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
delete $changelog{$target}
and push @reordered, $target;
}
# Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
# Remove leading './'.
@reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
# print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
$prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n";
# Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
# Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g.,
# +++ ChangeLog 22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000 1.247
# and those starting with '+'.
# Don't print the others.
my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
{
if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
{
my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
$line =~ s///;
$line =~ s/\s.*//;
$prev_printed_line_empty
or print "\n";
print $separator, $line, $separator;
}
elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
{
$line =~ s///;
print $line;
$prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
}
}
close DIFF;
# The exit code should be 1.
# Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
$? == 256 || $? == 128
or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
}
sub get_tool_versions ($$)
{
my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_;
@$tool_list
or return ();
my $fail;
my @tool_version_pair;
foreach my $t (@$tool_list)
{
if ($t eq 'gnulib')
{
push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version;
next;
}
# Assume that the last "word" on the first line of
# 'tool --version' output is the version string.
my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`);
if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/)
{
$t = ucfirst $t;
push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1";
}
else
{
defined $first_line
and $first_line = '';
warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line";
$fail = 1;
}
}
$fail
and exit 1;
return @tool_version_pair;
}
{
# Use the C locale so that, for instance, "du" does not
# print "1,2" instead of "1.2", which would confuse our regexps.
$ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
my $mail_headers;
my $release_type;
my $package_name;
my $prev_version;
my $curr_version;
my $gpg_key_id;
my @url_dir_list;
my @news_file;
my $bootstrap_tools;
my $gnulib_version;
my $print_checksums_p = 1;
my $gpg_key_email;
my $gpg_keyring_url;
# Reformat the warnings before displaying them.
local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub
{
my ($msg) = @_;
# Warnings from GetOptions.
$msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/;
warn "$ME: $msg";
};
GetOptions
(
'mail-headers=s' => \$mail_headers,
'release-type=s' => \$release_type,
'package-name=s' => \$package_name,
'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
'current-version=s' => \$curr_version,
'gpg-key-id=s' => \$gpg_key_id,
'gpg-key-email=s' => \$gpg_key_email,
'gpg-keyring-url=s' => \$gpg_keyring_url,
'url-directory=s' => \@url_dir_list,
'news=s' => \@news_file,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
'bootstrap-tools=s' => \$bootstrap_tools,
'gnulib-version=s' => \$gnulib_version,
'print-checksums!' => \$print_checksums_p,
'archive-suffix=s' => \@archive_suffixes,
help => sub { usage 0 },
version =>
sub
{
print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
. "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
. "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
print "\n";
my $author = "Jim Meyering";
print "Written by $author.\n";
exit
},
) or usage 1;
my $fail = 0;
# Ensure that each required option is specified.
$release_type
or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$package_name
or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$prev_version
or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$curr_version
or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$gpg_key_id
or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
@url_dir_list
or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools
if $bootstrap_tools;
grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) ^ defined $gnulib_version
and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n"
. "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n"
. "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1;
!$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
@ARGV
and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
$fail = 1;
$fail
and usage 1;
my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes;
my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates;
@tarballs
or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n";
my @sizable = @tarballs;
-f $xd
and push @sizable, $xd;
my %size = sizes (@sizable);
%size
or exit 1;
my $headers = '';
if (defined $mail_headers)
{
($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g;
$headers .= "\n";
}
# The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
# mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
print <<EOF;
${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type]
<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
FIXME: put comments here
EOF
if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1)
{
# When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form.
my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]";
print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature[*]:\n"
. " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs);
-f $xd
and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, "
. "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)",
@url_dir_list, %size, $xd);
my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs;
print_locations ("GPG detached signatures[*]", @url_dir_list, %size,
@sig_files);
}
if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org")
{
print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n";
if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!)
{
(my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]")
=~ s!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!https://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!;
print " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print " https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n";
}
}
$print_checksums_p
and print_checksums (@sizable);
print <<EOF;
[*] Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the
.sig suffix) is intact. First, be sure to download both the .sig file
and the corresponding tarball. Then, run a command like this:
gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
or that public key has expired, try the following commands to update
or refresh it, and then rerun the 'gpg --verify' command.
EOF
if ($gpg_key_email) {
print <<EOF;
gpg --locate-external-key $gpg_key_email
EOF
}
print <<EOF;
gpg --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
EOF
if ($gpg_keyring_url) {
print <<EOF;
wget -q -O- '$gpg_keyring_url' | gpg --import -
EOF
}
my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version);
@tool_versions
and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:",
join ('', map {"\n $_"} @tool_versions), "\n";
print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
foreach @news_file;
$release_type eq 'stable'
or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
exit 0;
}
### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## perl-indent-level: 2
## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
## perl-label-offset: -2
## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:

348
build-aux/compile Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/* | msys/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

1754
build-aux/config.guess vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

684
build-aux/config.rpath Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
nagfor*)
wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
wl=
;;
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd2.[01]*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd[23].*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
haiku*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
tpf*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1890
build-aux/config.sub vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

790
build-aux/depcomp Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

510
build-aux/gendocs.sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
#!/bin/sh -e
# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats. This script is
# mentioned in maintain.texi. See the help message below for usage details.
scriptversion=2022-01-01.00
# Copyright 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Original author: Mohit Agarwal.
# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
#
# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is
# available from the Gnulib repository:
#
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template
# TODO:
# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by
# makeinfo. But it should be simple enough to adjust.
# - images are not imported in the source tarball. All the needed
# formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included.
prog=`basename "$0"`
srcdir=`pwd`
scripturl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh"
templateurl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template"
: ${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="}
: ${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"}
: ${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"}
: ${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"}
: ${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"}
: ${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"}
: ${GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR="."}
: ${PERL='perl'}
: ${TEXI2HTML="texi2html"}
unset CDPATH
unset use_texi2html
MANUAL_TITLE=
PACKAGE=
EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email
commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invcations.
dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir).
dirs= # -I directories.
htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=/manual"
default_htmlarg=true
infoarg=--no-split
generate_ascii=true
generate_html=true
generate_info=true
generate_tex=true
outdir=manual
source_extra=
split=node
srcfile=
texarg="-t @finalout"
version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion
Copyright 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
usage="Usage: $prog [OPTION]... PACKAGE MANUAL-TITLE
Generate output in various formats from PACKAGE.texinfo (or .texi or
.txi) source. See the GNU Maintainers document for a more extensive
discussion:
https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain_toc.html
Options:
--email ADR use ADR as contact in generated web pages; always give this.
-s SRCFILE read Texinfo from SRCFILE, instead of PACKAGE.{texinfo|texi|txi}
-o OUTDIR write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/.
-I DIR append DIR to the Texinfo search path.
--common ARG pass ARG in all invocations.
--html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets,
instead of '$htmlarg'.
--info ARG pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split.
--no-ascii skip generating the plain text output.
--no-html skip generating the html output.
--no-info skip generating the info output.
--no-tex skip generating the dvi and pdf output.
--source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources.
--split HOW make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node.
--tex ARG pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout.
--texi2html use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions.
--docbook convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf).
--help display this help and exit successfully.
--version display version information and exit successfully.
Simple example: $prog --email bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org emacs \"GNU Emacs Manual\"
Typical sequence:
cd PACKAGESOURCE/doc
wget \"$scripturl\"
wget \"$templateurl\"
$prog --email BUGLIST MANUAL \"GNU MANUAL - One-line description\"
Output will be in a new subdirectory \"manual\" (by default;
use -o OUTDIR to override). Move all the new files into your web CVS
tree, as explained in the Web Pages node of maintain.texi.
Please use the --email ADDRESS option so your own bug-reporting
address will be used in the generated HTML pages.
MANUAL-TITLE is included as part of the HTML <title> of the overall
manual/index.html file. It should include the name of the package being
documented. manual/index.html is created by substitution from the file
$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template. (Feel free to modify the
generic template for your own purposes.)
If you have several manuals, you'll need to run this script several
times with different MANUAL values, specifying a different output
directory with -o each time. Then write (by hand) an overall index.html
with links to them all.
If a manual's Texinfo sources are spread across several directories,
first copy or symlink all Texinfo sources into a single directory.
(Part of the script's work is to make a tar.gz of the sources.)
As implied above, by default monolithic Info files are generated.
If you want split Info, or other Info options, use --info to override.
You can set the environment variables MAKEINFO, TEXI2DVI, TEXI2HTML,
and PERL to control the programs that get executed, and
GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR to control where the gendocs_template file is
looked for. With --docbook, the environment variables DOCBOOK2HTML,
DOCBOOK2PDF, and DOCBOOK2TXT are also consulted.
By default, makeinfo and texi2dvi are run in the default (English)
locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals. If you
happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the
SETLANG setting in the source.
Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
"
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
-s) shift; srcfile=$1;;
-o) shift; outdir=$1;;
-I) shift; dirargs="$dirargs -I '$1'"; dirs="$dirs $1";;
--common) shift; commonarg=$1;;
--docbook) docbook=yes;;
--email) shift; EMAIL=$1;;
--html) shift; default_htmlarg=false; htmlarg=$1;;
--info) shift; infoarg=$1;;
--no-ascii) generate_ascii=false;;
--no-html) generate_ascii=false;;
--no-info) generate_info=false;;
--no-tex) generate_tex=false;;
--source) shift; source_extra=$1;;
--split) shift; split=$1;;
--tex) shift; texarg=$1;;
--texi2html) use_texi2html=1;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
--version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option \`$1'." >&2
echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2
exit 1;;
*)
if test -z "$PACKAGE"; then
PACKAGE=$1
elif test -z "$MANUAL_TITLE"; then
MANUAL_TITLE=$1
else
echo "$0: extra non-option argument \`$1'." >&2
exit 1
fi;;
esac
shift
done
# makeinfo uses the dirargs, but texi2dvi doesn't.
commonarg=" $dirargs $commonarg"
# For most of the following, the base name is just $PACKAGE
base=$PACKAGE
if $default_htmlarg && test -n "$use_texi2html"; then
# The legacy texi2html doesn't support TOP_NODE_UP_URL
htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css"
fi
if test -n "$srcfile"; then
# but here, we use the basename of $srcfile
base=`basename "$srcfile"`
case $base in
*.txi|*.texi|*.texinfo) base=`echo "$base"|sed 's/\.[texinfo]*$//'`;;
esac
PACKAGE=$base
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi
else
echo "$0: cannot find .texinfo or .texi or .txi for $PACKAGE in $srcdir." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test ! -r $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template; then
echo "$0: cannot read $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template." >&2
echo "$0: it is available from $templateurl." >&2
exit 1
fi
# Function to return size of $1 in something resembling kilobytes.
calcsize()
{
size=`ls -ksl $1 | awk '{print $1}'`
echo $size
}
# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE...
# -------------------------------
# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR.
# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what
# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice.
copy_images()
{
local odir
odir=$1
shift
$PERL -n -e "
BEGIN {
\$me = '$prog';
\$odir = '$odir';
@dirs = qw(. $dirs);
}
" -e '
/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1};
END {
#print "$me: @{[keys %need]}\n"; # for debugging, show images found.
FILE: for my $f (keys %need) {
for my $d (@dirs) {
if (-f "$d/$f") {
use File::Basename;
my $dest = dirname ("$odir/$f");
#
use File::Path;
-d $dest || mkpath ($dest)
|| die "$me: cannot mkdir $dest: $!\n";
#
use File::Copy;
copy ("$d/$f", $dest)
|| die "$me: cannot copy $d/$f to $dest: $!\n";
next FILE;
}
}
die "$me: $ARGV: cannot find image $f\n";
}
}
' -- "$@" || exit 1
}
case $outdir in
/*) abs_outdir=$outdir;;
*) abs_outdir=$srcdir/$outdir;;
esac
echo "Making output for $srcfile"
echo " in `pwd`"
mkdir -p "$outdir/"
#
if $generate_info; then
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays
eval "$cmd"
tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
# do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
# separately on the web.
fi # end info
#
if $generate_tex; then
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating dvi... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
# compress/finish dvi:
gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating pdf... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
fi # end tex (dvi + pdf)
#
if $generate_ascii; then
opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating ascii... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.txt`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.txt >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
ascii_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE.txt "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
fi
#
if $generate_html; then
# Split HTML at level $1. Used for texi2html.
html_split()
{
opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML --output $PACKAGE.html $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating html by $1... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
(
cd ${split_html_dir} || exit 1
ln -sf ${PACKAGE}.html index.html
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz" -- *.html
)
eval html_$1_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz"`
rm -f "$outdir"/html_$1/*.html
mkdir -p "$outdir/html_$1/"
mv ${split_html_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_$1/"
rmdir ${split_html_dir}
}
if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
opt="--no-split --html -o $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating monolithic html... ($cmd)\n"
rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
eval "$cmd"
html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
copy_images "$outdir/" $PACKAGE.html
mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
# Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option,
# it just always split by node. So if we're splitting by node anyway,
# leave it out.
if test "x$split" = xnode; then
split_arg=
else
split_arg=--split=$split
fi
#
opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating html by $split... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
copy_images $split_html_dir/ $split_html_dir/*.html
(
cd $split_html_dir || exit 1
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" -- *
)
eval \
html_${split}_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"`
rm -rf "$outdir/html_$split/"
mv $split_html_dir "$outdir/html_$split/"
du -s "$outdir/html_$split/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"
else # use texi2html:
opt="--output $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating monolithic html with texi2html... ($cmd)\n"
rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
eval "$cmd"
html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
html_split node
html_split chapter
html_split section
fi
fi # end html
#
printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n"
d=`dirname $srcfile`
(
cd "$d"
srcfiles=`ls -d *.texinfo *.texi *.txi *.eps $source_extra 2>/dev/null` || true
tar czfh "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" $srcfiles
ls -l "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"
)
texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"`
#
# Do everything again through docbook.
if test -n "$docbook"; then
opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml"
printf "\nGenerating docbook XML... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_xml_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.xml`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE-db.xml >"$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"
docbook_xml_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE-db.xml "$outdir/"
split_html_db_dir=html_node_db
opt="$commonarg -o $split_html_db_dir"
cmd="$DOCBOOK2HTML $opt \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook HTML... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
(
cd ${split_html_db_dir} || exit 1
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz" -- *.html
)
html_node_db_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz"`
rm -f "$outdir"/html_node_db/*.html
mkdir -p "$outdir/html_node_db"
mv ${split_html_db_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_node_db/"
rmdir ${split_html_db_dir}
cmd="$DOCBOOK2TXT \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook ASCII... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.txt`
mv $PACKAGE-db.txt "$outdir/"
cmd="$DOCBOOK2PDF \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook PDF... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.pdf`
mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/"
fi
#
printf "\nMaking index.html for $PACKAGE...\n"
if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
CONDS="/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\
/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
else
# should take account of --split here.
CONDS="/%%ENDIF.*%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
fi
curdate=`$SETLANG date '+%B %d, %Y'`
sed \
-e "s!%%TITLE%%!$MANUAL_TITLE!g" \
-e "s!%%EMAIL%%!$EMAIL!g" \
-e "s!%%PACKAGE%%!$PACKAGE!g" \
-e "s!%%DATE%%!$curdate!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%!$html_mono_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%!$html_mono_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_section_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_chapter_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%!$info_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%!$dvi_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%PDF_SIZE%%!$pdf_size!g" \
-e "s!%%ASCII_SIZE%%!$ascii_size!g" \
-e "s!%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%!$ascii_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%!$texi_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_db_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_ASCII_SIZE%%!$docbook_ascii_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_PDF_SIZE%%!$docbook_pdf_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_GZ_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_gz_size!g" \
-e "s,%%SCRIPTURL%%,$scripturl,g" \
-e "s!%%SCRIPTNAME%%!$prog!g" \
-e "$CONDS" \
$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template >"$outdir/index.html"
echo "Done, see $outdir/ subdirectory for new files."
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

480
build-aux/gnupload Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Sign files and upload them.
scriptversion=2022-01-27.18; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>.
# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
set -e
GPG=gpg
# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
# when gpg-agent is version 2 but gpg is still version 1.
# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 2 as /usr/bin/gpg
gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_agent_version" in
2.*)
gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_version" in
1.*)
if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
# gpg2 is present.
GPG=gpg2
else
# gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
conffile=.gnuploadrc
to=
dry_run=false
replace=
symlink_files=
delete_files=
delete_symlinks=
collect_var=
dbg=
nl='
'
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below.
Commands:
--delete delete FILES from destination
--symlink create symbolic links
--rmsymlink remove symbolic links
-- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
Options:
--to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES
(multiple --to options are allowed)
--user NAME sign with key NAME
--replace allow replacements of existing files
--symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
-n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done
(including the constructed directive file)
--version output version information and exit
-h, --help print this help text and exit
If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
Recognized destinations are:
alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by FTP
download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by SFTP
[user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp
Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists
in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments
(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html>
gives some further background.
Examples:
1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink-regex \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
4. Create a symbolic link foobar-latest.tar.gz -> foobar-1.0.tar.gz
and likewise for the corresponding .sig file:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
or (equivalent):
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
5. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
6. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
(the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
--delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
-- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
copyright_year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed -e 's/[^0-9].*//'`
copyright="Copyright (C) ${copyright_year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
# Read local configuration file
if test -r "$conffile"; then
echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '`
eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
shift
fi
while test -n "$1"; do
case $1 in
-*)
collect_var=
case $1 in
-h | --help)
echo "$usage"
exit $?
;;
--to)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
exit 1
elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
exit 1
else
to="$to $2"
shift
fi
;;
--user)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
exit 1
else
GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
shift
fi
;;
--delete)
collect_var=delete_files
;;
--replace)
replace="replace: true"
;;
--rmsymlink)
collect_var=delete_symlinks
;;
--symlink-regex=*)
symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
;;
--symlink-regex)
symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
;;
--symlink)
collect_var=symlink_files
;;
-n | --dry-run)
dry_run=:
;;
--version)
echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
echo "$copyright"
exit 0
;;
--)
shift
break
;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
*)
if test -z "$collect_var"; then
break
else
eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
fi
;;
esac
shift
done
dprint()
{
echo "Running $* ..."
}
if $dry_run; then
dbg=dprint
fi
if test -z "$to"; then
echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'`
if test -n "$x"; then
echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# = 0; then
if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
else
# Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask
# for the passphrase if the script will fail.
for file
do
if test ! -f $file; then
echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
exit 1
elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
if test -z "$linkname"; then
echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
exit 1
elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
unset passphrase
unset passphrase_fd_0
GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use
# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
# listings with their arguments...).
# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
# it will exit now.
if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
stty -echo
read -r passphrase
stty echo
echo
passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
fi
if test $# -ne 0; then
for file
do
echo "Signing $file ..."
rm -f $file.sig
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
done
fi
# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
# Arguments: See upload, below
mkdirective ()
{
stmt="$4"
if test -n "$3"; then
stmt="
filename: $3$stmt"
fi
cat >${2}.directive<<EOF
version: 1.2
directory: $1
comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt
EOF
if $dry_run; then
echo "File ${2}.directive:"
cat ${2}.directive
echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g'
fi
}
mksymlink ()
{
while test $# -ne 0
do
echo "symlink: $1 $2"
shift
shift
done
}
# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES
# Arguments:
# DEST Destination site;
# DESTDIR Destination directory;
# BASE Base name for the directive file;
# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty);
# STMT Additional statements for the directive file;
# FILES List of files to upload.
upload ()
{
dest=$1
destdir=$2
base=$3
file=$4
stmt=$5
files=$6
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
case $dest in
alpha.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc
;;
ftp.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc
;;
savannah.gnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
savannah.nongnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
for f in $files $base.directive.asc
do
echo put $f
done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
;;
/*)
dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
;;
*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg scp $files $dest
;;
esac
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
}
#####
# Process any standalone directives
stmt=
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
stmt="$stmt
`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
fi
for file in $delete_files
do
stmt="$stmt
archive: $file"
done
for file in $delete_symlinks
do
stmt="$stmt
rmsymlink: $file"
done
if test -n "$stmt"; then
for dest in $to
do
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
done
fi
# Process actual uploads
for dest in $to
do
for file
do
echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
stmt=
#
# allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
$replace"
fi
#
files="$file $file.sig"
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
stmt="$stmt
symlink: $file $linkname
symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
fi
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
done
done
exit 0
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

541
build-aux/install-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
mkdir_umask=22
backupsuffix=
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-p pass -p to $cpprog.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) backupsuffix="$2"
shift;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
# Don't chown directories that already exist.
if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
chowncmd=""
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
# The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap '
ret=$?
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
exit $ret
' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p'.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || {
# Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
# which would cause strip to fail.
if test -z "$doit"; then
: >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
else
$doit touch "$dsttmp"
fi
}
} &&
$doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
# already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
# e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
fi
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

11156
build-aux/ltmain.sh Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

228
build-aux/mdate-sh Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1995-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
1 January 1970
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
error ()
{
echo "$0: $1" >&2
exit 1
}
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
TZ=UTC0
export TZ
# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
# variable to its documented default.
if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
export TIME_STYLE
fi
save_arg1=$1
# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
else
ls_command='ls -l -d'
fi
# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command="$ls_command -n"
fi
# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
#
# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/'
# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
# words should be skipped to get the date.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
set x`$ls_command /`
# Find which argument is the month.
month=
command=
until test $month
do
test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
shift
# Add another shift to the command.
command="$command shift;"
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
# Remove all preceding arguments
eval $command
# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
#
# On a POSIX system, we should have
#
# $# = 5
# $1 = file size
# $2 = month
# $3 = day
# $4 = year or time
# $5 = filename
#
# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
#
# $# = 4
# $1 = day
# $2 = month
# $3 = year or time
# $4 = filename
# Get the month.
case $2 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
case $3 in
???*) day=$1;;
*) day=$3; shift;;
esac
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

215
build-aux/missing Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

153
build-aux/test-driver Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
#! /bin/sh
# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
usage_error ()
{
echo "$0: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <<END
Usage:
test-driver --test-name NAME --log-file PATH --trs-file PATH
[--expect-failure {yes|no}] [--color-tests {yes|no}]
[--enable-hard-errors {yes|no}] [--]
TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
See the GNU Automake documentation for information.
END
}
test_name= # Used for reporting.
log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script.
trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
expect_failure=no
color_tests=no
enable_hard_errors=yes
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) print_usage; exit $?;;
--version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
--log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
--trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
--color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
--expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
--enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
--) shift; break;;
-*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
missing_opts=
test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
usage_error "missing argument"
fi
if test $color_tests = yes; then
# Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
red='' # Red.
grn='' # Green.
lgn='' # Light green.
blu='' # Blue.
mgn='' # Magenta.
std='' # No color.
else
red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
fi
do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
# Test script is run here. We create the file first, then append to it,
# to ameliorate tests themselves also writing to the log file. Our tests
# don't, but others can (automake bug#35762).
: >"$log_file"
"$@" >>"$log_file" 2>&1
estatus=$?
if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
tweaked_estatus=1
else
tweaked_estatus=$estatus
fi
case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
*:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
*:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
esac
# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
# file (automake bug#11814).
echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>"$log_file"
# Report outcome to console.
echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

11592
build-aux/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

302
build-aux/update-copyright Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
# Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny
# This script updates an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
# Usage: update-copyright [FILE...]
#
# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain
# copyright statements to be updated. The copyright holder's name
# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to
# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment
# variable.
#
# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule
# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module.
#
# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final
# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the
# new year and it is reformatted to:
#
# 1. Fit within 72 columns.
# 2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19".
# 3. Expand copyright year intervals. (See "Environment variables"
# below.)
#
# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright
# statement is recognized.
#
# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in
# order to be recognized. For example, each of these is fine:
#
# Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
#
# # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# /*
# * Copyright &copy; 90,2005,2007-2009
# * Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# */
#
# However, the following format is not recognized because the line
# prefix changes after the first line:
#
# ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following
# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized.
#
# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet
# to be recognized are:
#
# 1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the
# following conditions. Subsequent copyright statements are
# ignored.
# 2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years,
# and then the name of the copyright holder.
# 3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted
# entirely:
#
# A. (C)
# B. (c)
# C. @copyright{}
# D. &copy;
# E. ©
#
# 4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it
# may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than
# 5 characters -- including white space.
# 5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the
# beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright
# statement. There is one exception in order to support C-style
# comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but
# whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent
# lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of
# "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ". The replacement of "*"
# by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines.
# 6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear
# within the FSF copyright statement.
# 7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by
# commas, "-", or "--". Whitespace may appear after commas.
#
# Environment variables:
#
# 1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement
# is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new
# year. If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright
# statements are reformatted.
# 2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive
# copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a
# reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single
# interval (such as 1990-2008). If unset or set to 0, all existing
# copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement
# are expanded instead.
# If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps
# to the minimal containing range. For example, convert
# 2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009.
# 3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in
# UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR.
# 4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72.
# Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length.
# 5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other
# than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.".
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2020-04-04.15:07'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
use strict;
use warnings;
my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;|©)';
my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
my $prefix_max = 5;
my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH};
!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/
and $margin = 72;
my $tab_width = 8;
my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
{
my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
$this_year = $year + 1900;
}
# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead.
my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n";
my $leading;
my $prefix;
my $ws_re;
my $stmt_re;
while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g)
{
$leading = "$1$2";
$prefix = $2;
if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/)
{
$prefix =~ s,/, ,;
my $prefix_ws = $prefix;
$prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace.
if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/)
{
$prefix = $prefix_ws;
}
}
$ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n
$ws_re =
"(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)";
my $holder_re = $holder;
$holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g;
my $stmt_remainder_re =
"(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?"
. "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|--?))*"
. "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re";
if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/)
{
$stmt_re =
quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)";
last;
}
}
if (defined $stmt_re)
{
/$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die.
my $stmt = $1;
my $final_year_orig = $2;
# Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99".
my $final_year = $final_year_orig;
$final_year <= 99
and $final_year += 1900;
if ($final_year != $this_year)
{
# Update the year.
$stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/;
}
if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'})
{
# Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences.
$stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g;
# Put spaces after commas.
$stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g;
# Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years.
$stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g;
# Make the use of intervals consistent.
if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS})
{
$stmt =~ s/(\d{4})--?(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg;
}
else
{
my $ndash = $ARGV =~ /\.tex(i(nfo)?)?$/ ? "--" : "-";
$stmt =~
s/
(\d{4})
(?:
(,\ |--?)
((??{
if ($2 ne ', ') { '\d{4}'; }
elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; }
else { $3 + 1; }
}))
)+
/$1$ndash$3/gx;
# When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers.
$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2
and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1$ndash$2/;
}
# Format within margin.
my $stmt_wrapped;
my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix);
if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/)
{
$text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1);
}
while (length $stmt)
{
if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
|| ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
{
my $line = $1;
$stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading;
$stmt_wrapped .= $line;
}
else
{
# Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
# loop if it can be reached.
die;
}
}
# Replace the old copyright statement.
s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/;
}
}
else
{
print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n";
}
# Hey Emacs!
# Local variables:
# coding: utf-8
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-line-limit: 200
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:

240
build-aux/useless-if-before-free Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);".
# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2022-01-27 18:51'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
my $copyright_year = '2022';
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE...
Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g.,
"if (p) free (p);". Any such test may be safely removed without affecting
the semantics of the C code in FILE. Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also
detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR.
OPTIONS:
--list print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated)
--name=N add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect;
may be repeated
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
Exit status:
0 one or more matches
1 no match
2 an error
EXAMPLE:
For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free"
and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources:
git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
sub is_NULL ($)
{
my ($expr) = @_;
return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0');
}
{
sub EXIT_MATCH {0}
sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1}
sub EXIT_ERROR {2}
my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH;
my $list;
my @name = qw(free);
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version =>
sub
{
print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
. "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
. "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
print "\n";
my $author = "Jim Meyering";
print "Written by $author.\n";
exit
},
list => \$list,
'name=s@' => \@name,
) or usage 1;
# Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments.
# Always tell the user why we fail.
@ARGV < 1
and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR;
my $or = join '|', @name;
my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/;
# Set the input record separator.
# Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers.
$/ = '"';
my $found_match = 0;
FILE:
foreach my $file (@ARGV)
{
open FH, '<', $file
or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"),
$err = EXIT_ERROR, next;
while (defined (my $line = <FH>))
{
# Skip non-matching lines early to save time
$line =~ /\bif\b/
or next;
while ($line =~
/\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\)
# 1 2 3
(?: \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;|
\s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg)
{
my $all = $1;
my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3);
my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5);
my $non_NULL;
if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs }
else { next }
# Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the
# free'd expression, without regard to white space.
$non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d;
my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd;
$e2 =~ tr/ \t//d;
if ($non_NULL eq $e2)
{
$found_match = 1;
$list
and (print "$file\0"), next FILE;
print "$file: $all\n";
}
}
}
}
continue
{
close FH;
}
$found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH
and $err = EXIT_MATCH;
exit $err;
}
my $foo = <<'EOF';
# The above is to *find* them.
# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part.
# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces):
free=xfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s'
# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces.
# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode;
# but we have plenty of memory, these days...
free=kfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms'
Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid.
If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be.
When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file.
EOF
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## indent-tabs-mode: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:

113
build-aux/vc-list-files Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
#!/bin/sh
# List version-controlled file names.
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# List the specified version-controlled files.
# With no argument, list them all. With a single DIRECTORY argument,
# list the version-controlled files in that directory.
# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name.
# cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: https://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/
postprocess=
case $1 in
--help) cat <<EOF
Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...]
Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to
SRCDIR (default .). SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout.
Options:
--help print this help, then exit
--version print version number, then exit
-C SRCDIR change directory to SRCDIR before generating list
Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit ;;
--version)
year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'`
cat <<EOF
vc-list-files $scriptversion
Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
EOF
exit ;;
-C)
test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'"
cd "$2" || exit 1
shift; shift ;;
esac
test $# = 0 && set .
for dir
do
if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
test "x$dir" = x. \
&& dir= sed_esc= \
|| { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; }
# Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case
# we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere
# else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not
# belong to this package.
eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \
\| sed -n '"s/^100[^ ]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess
elif test -d .hg; then
eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess
elif test -d .bzr; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif test -d CVS; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
eval awk -F/ \''{ \
if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \
f=FILENAME; \
if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/) \
f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \
print f $2; \
}}'\'' \
`find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess
fi
elif test -d .svn; then
eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

247
build-aux/ylwrap Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
#! /bin/sh
# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
get_dirname ()
{
case $1 in
*/*|*\\*) printf '%s\n' "$1" | sed -e 's|\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$|\1|';;
# Otherwise, we want the empty string (not ".").
esac
}
# guard FILE
# ----------
# The CPP macro used to guard inclusion of FILE.
guard ()
{
printf '%s\n' "$1" \
| sed \
-e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/' \
-e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g' \
-e 's/__*/_/g'
}
# quote_for_sed [STRING]
# ----------------------
# Return STRING (or stdin) quoted to be used as a sed pattern.
quote_for_sed ()
{
case $# in
0) cat;;
1) printf '%s\n' "$1";;
esac \
| sed -e 's|[][\\.*]|\\&|g'
}
case "$1" in
'')
echo "$0: No files given. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
--basedir)
basedir=$2
shift 2
;;
-h|--h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: ylwrap [--help|--version] INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]...
Wrapper for lex/yacc invocations, renaming files as desired.
INPUT is the input file
OUTPUT is one file PROG generates
DESIRED is the file we actually want instead of OUTPUT
PROGRAM is program to run
ARGS are passed to PROG
Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v|--v*)
echo "ylwrap $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# The input.
input=$1
shift
# We'll later need for a correct munging of "#line" directives.
input_sub_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed`
case $input in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
# Absolute path; do nothing.
;;
*)
# Relative path. Make it absolute.
input=`pwd`/$input
;;
esac
input_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed`
# Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots,
# the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c
# and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case.
y_tab_nodot=false
if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then
y_tab_nodot=true
fi
# The parser itself, the first file, is the destination of the .y.c
# rule in the Makefile.
parser=$1
# A sed program to s/FROM/TO/g for all the FROM/TO so that, for
# instance, we rename #include "y.tab.h" into #include "parse.h"
# during the conversion from y.tab.c to parse.c.
sed_fix_filenames=
# Also rename header guards, as Bison 2.7 for instance uses its header
# guard in its implementation file.
sed_fix_header_guards=
while test $# -ne 0; do
if test x"$1" = x"--"; then
shift
break
fi
from=$1
# Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS
if $y_tab_nodot; then
case $from in
"y.tab.c") from=y_tab.c;;
"y.tab.h") from=y_tab.h;;
esac
fi
shift
to=$1
shift
sed_fix_filenames="${sed_fix_filenames}s|"`quote_for_sed "$from"`"|$to|g;"
sed_fix_header_guards="${sed_fix_header_guards}s|"`guard "$from"`"|"`guard "$to"`"|g;"
done
# The program to run.
prog=$1
shift
# Make any relative path in $prog absolute.
case $prog in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
*[\\/]*) prog=`pwd`/$prog ;;
esac
dirname=ylwrap$$
do_exit="cd '`pwd`' && rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1;"' (exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
mkdir $dirname || exit 1
cd $dirname
case $# in
0) "$prog" "$input" ;;
*) "$prog" "$@" "$input" ;;
esac
ret=$?
if test $ret -eq 0; then
for from in *
do
to=`printf '%s\n' "$from" | sed "$sed_fix_filenames"`
if test -f "$from"; then
# If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
# otherwise prepend '../'.
case $to in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target=$to;;
*) target=../$to;;
esac
# Do not overwrite unchanged header files to avoid useless
# recompilations. Always update the parser itself: it is the
# destination of the .y.c rule in the Makefile. Divert the
# output of all other files to a temporary file so we can
# compare them to existing versions.
if test $from != $parser; then
realtarget=$target
target=tmp-`printf '%s\n' "$target" | sed 's|.*[\\/]||g'`
fi
# Munge "#line" or "#" directives. Don't let the resulting
# debug information point at an absolute srcdir. Use the real
# output file name, not yy.lex.c for instance. Adjust the
# include guards too.
sed -e "/^#/!b" \
-e "s|$input_rx|$input_sub_rx|" \
-e "$sed_fix_filenames" \
-e "$sed_fix_header_guards" \
"$from" >"$target" || ret=$?
# Check whether files must be updated.
if test "$from" != "$parser"; then
if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then
echo "$to is unchanged"
rm -f "$target"
else
echo "updating $to"
mv -f "$target" "$realtarget"
fi
fi
else
# A missing file is only an error for the parser. This is a
# blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d is not
# specified, don't fail when the header file is "missing".
if test "$from" = "$parser"; then
ret=1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Remove the directory.
cd ..
rm -rf $dirname
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

64962
configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

247
configure.ac Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
dnl configure.ac for GNU rec
dnl
dnl Please process this file with autoconf to get a 'configure'
dnl script.
dnl Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Jose E. Marchesi
dnl This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
dnl the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
dnl (at your option) any later version.
dnl
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
dnl
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
dnl along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
AC_INIT([GNU recutils], [1.9], [bug-recutils@gnu.org])
dnl Must come before AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([subdir-objects])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(src/config.h)
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
dnl Autobuild
AB_INIT
AC_PROG_CC
gl_EARLY
LT_INIT
AC_PROG_CC_C99
AM_PROG_CC_C_O
dnl Both lex and yacc are required to generate the lexer/parser source
dnl files.
: ${LEX='flex'}
: ${LEXLIB='-lfl'}
: ${LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT='lex.yy'}
AC_ARG_VAR([LEX], [The flex implementation to use.])
AC_ARG_VAR([LEXLIB], [Options for linking with the flex runtime library.])
AC_ARG_VAR([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [Base of the file name that the lexer generates.])
gl_BISON
dnl System
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
canonical=$host
gl_INIT
# GNU help2man creates man pages from --help output; in many cases, this
# is sufficient, and obviates the need to maintain man pages separately.
# However, this means invoking executables, which we generally cannot do
# when cross-compiling, so we test to avoid that (the variable
# "cross_compiling" is set by AC_PROG_CC).
if test $cross_compiling = no; then
AM_MISSING_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man)
else
HELP2MAN=:
fi
dnl Seach for headers
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([malloc.h string.h])
dnl Search for data types
AC_CHECK_TYPE(size_t, unsigned)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(off_t, long)
dnl Search for functions
AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
dnl Search for required libraries
have_check=no
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([CHECK], [check],
[have_check=yes], [have_check=no])
AM_CONDITIONAL([CHECK], [test "x$have_check" != "xno"])
AC_SUBST([CHECK_CFLAGS])
AC_SUBST([CHECK_LIBS])
have_curl=no
AC_CHECK_LIB([curl],[curl_global_init],[have_curl=yes],)
if test "x$have_curl" = "xyes"; then
CURLLIBS=-lcurl
fi
AC_SUBST([CURLLIBS])
have_uuid=no
AC_CHECK_LIB([uuid],[uuid_generate],[have_uuid=yes],)
if test "x$have_uuid" = "xyes"; then
UUIDLIBS=-luuid
fi
AC_SUBST([UUIDLIBS])
AC_SUBST([have_uuid])
AC_ARG_ENABLE([encryption],
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-encryption],
[Compile recutils with encryption support (default is YES)]),
[crypt_enabled=$enableval], [crypt_enabled=yes])
crypt_support=no
if test "x$crypt_enabled" = "xyes"; then
AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS([gcrypt],[gpg-error],[#include <gpg-error.h>])
crypt_support=$HAVE_LIBGCRYPT
if test "x$crypt_support" = "xyes"; then
AC_DEFINE([REC_CRYPT_SUPPORT],[1],[Compile encryption support])
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([CRYPT], [test "x$crypt_support" = "xyes"])
AC_SUBST([crypt_support])
have_glib=no
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0 >= 2.0.0],
[have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])
have_mdb=no
AC_CHECK_LIB([mdb],[mdb_init],[have_mdb=yes],)
if test "x$have_mdb" = "xyes"; then
MDBLIBS=-lmdb
OLD_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $pkg_cv_GLIB_CFLAGS"
mdb_uses_sdatetime=no
AC_CHECK_DECL([MDB_SDATETIME],[mdb_uses_sdatetime=yes],,[#include <glib.h>
#include <mdbtools.h>])
CFLAGS=$OLD_CFLAGS
if test "x$mdb_uses_sdatetime" = "xyes"; then
MDB_DATETIME="MDB_SDATETIME"
else
MDB_DATETIME="MDB_DATETIME"
fi
AC_SUBST([MDB_DATETIME])
fi
AC_SUBST([MDBLIBS])
AM_CONDITIONAL([COMPILE_MDB2REC],
[test "x$have_glib" = "xyes" && test "x$have_mdb" = "xyes"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([REMOTE_DESCRIPTORS], [test "x$have_curl" = "xyes"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([UUID_TYPE], [test "x$have_uuid" = "xyes"])
dnl Bash builtins
dnl It would be much better to use AC_CHECK_HEADER([bash/config.h]) instead
dnl of a fixed value like /usr/include/bash, but then it would be difficult
dnl to set a proper search path for the preprocessor, since the bash
dnl headers which are needed to compile loadable builtins are not
dnl very well designed.
BASH_HEADERS=/usr/include/bash
AC_ARG_WITH([bash-headers],
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-bash-headers],
[location of the bash header files (default is /usr/include/bash)]),
[BASH_HEADERS=$withval],)
if test -f ${BASH_HEADERS}/config.h; then
AC_SUBST([BASH_HEADERS])
bash_headers_available=yes
else
bash_headers_available=no
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE([bash-builtins],
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-bash-builtins],
[Build the recutils bash builtins (default is YES)]),
[bash_builtins_enabled=$enableval], [bash_builtins_enabled=yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([BASH_BUILTINS],
[test "x$bash_headers_available" = "xyes" && test "x$bash_builtins_enabled" = "xyes"])
dnl Platform-based compilation options
compile_w32_system=no
case "${host}" in
*-mingw32*)
compile_w32_system=yes
;;
*)
;;
esac
dnl i18n with gettext
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.19.8])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
dnl gcov compilation
AC_ARG_ENABLE([coverage],
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-coverage],
[Compile the library with code coverage support (default is NO)]),
[use_gcov=$enableval], [use_gcov=no])
AM_CONDITIONAL([USE_COVERAGE], [test "x$use_gcov" = "xyes"])
dnl Generate output files
AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile
lib/Makefile
libcsv/Makefile
src/Makefile
utils/Makefile
bash/Makefile
doc/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
torture/Makefile
torture/utils/Makefile
torture/utils/config.sh
man/Makefile
etc/Makefile)
AC_OUTPUT
dnl Report warnings
if test "x$have_check" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: libcheck was not found in the system."
echo "warning: unit tests wont be compiled and executed upon make check."
fi
if test "x$have_mdb" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: libmdb was not found in the system."
echo "warning: the mdb2rec utility won't get built."
fi
if test "x$have_glib" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: glib was not found in the system."
echo "warning: the mdb2rec utility won't get built."
fi
if test "x$crypt_support" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: building recutils without encryption support."
fi
if test "x$have_uuid" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: building recutils without support for uuid types."
fi
if test "x$bash_headers_available" = "xno" || test "x$bash_builtins_enabled" = "xno"; then
echo "warning: not building the recutils bash builtins."
fi
dnl End of configure.ac

23
doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# doc/Makefile.am
# Copyright (C) 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017,
# 2018, 2019, 2020, 2022 Jose E. Marchesi
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
info_TEXINFOS = recutils.texi
recutils_TEXINFOS = parse-datetime.texi fdl.texi
# End of Makefile.am

2281
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

507
doc/fdl.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008, 2020, 2022 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
@uref{http://fsf.org/}
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
format, SGML or XML using a publicly available
DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML,
PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples
of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and
JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are
not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML,
PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
of the Document to the public.
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@item
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
not give you any rights to use it.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
Document.
@item
RELICENSING
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
site.
``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
published by that same organization.
``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
License, and if all works that were first published under this License
somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
@end enumerate
@page
@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
@smallexample
@group
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being @var{list}.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

594
doc/parse-datetime.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
@c GNU date syntax documentation
@c Copyright (C) 1994--2006, 2009--2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@c Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
@c under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
@c any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
@c Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
@c copy of the license is at <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.3.en.html>.
@node Date input formats
@chapter Date input formats
@cindex date input formats
@findex parse_datetime
First, a quote:
@quotation
Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
reckoning in time all but impossible. Indeed, had some tyrannical god
contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
circumlocutions. Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
persistently encourages our terror of time.
@dots{} It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
demanded a knowledge of five different languages. It is no wonder then
that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion. @dots{}
---Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
@end quotation
This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
programs accept. These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
arguments to the various programs. The C interface (via the
@code{parse_datetime} function) is not described here.
@menu
* General date syntax:: Common rules
* Calendar date items:: 21 Jul 2020
* Time of day items:: 9:20pm
* Time zone items:: UTC, -0700, +0900, @dots{}
* Combined date and time of day items:: 2020-07-21T20:02:00,000000-0400
* Day of week items:: Monday and others
* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago
* Pure numbers in date strings:: 20200721, 1440
* Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1595289600
* Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0"
* Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
@end menu
@node General date syntax
@section General date syntax
@cindex general date syntax
@cindex items in date strings
A @dfn{date} is a string, possibly empty, containing many items
separated by whitespace. The whitespace may be omitted when no
ambiguity arises. The empty string means the beginning of today (i.e.,
midnight). Order of the items is immaterial. A date string may contain
many flavors of items:
@itemize @bullet
@item calendar date items
@item time of day items
@item time zone items
@item combined date and time of day items
@item day of the week items
@item relative items
@item pure numbers.
@end itemize
@noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
@cindex numbers, written-out
@cindex ordinal numbers
@findex first @r{in date strings}
@findex next @r{in date strings}
@findex last @r{in date strings}
A few ordinal numbers may be written out in words in some contexts. This is
most useful for specifying day of the week items or relative items (see
below). Among the most commonly used ordinal numbers, the word
@samp{last} stands for @math{-1}, @samp{this} stands for 0, and
@samp{first} and @samp{next} both stand for 1. Because the word
@samp{second} stands for the unit of time there is no way to write the
ordinal number 2, but for convenience @samp{third} stands for 3,
@samp{fourth} for 4, @samp{fifth} for 5,
@samp{sixth} for 6, @samp{seventh} for 7, @samp{eighth} for 8,
@samp{ninth} for 9, @samp{tenth} for 10, @samp{eleventh} for 11 and
@samp{twelfth} for 12.
@cindex months, written-out
When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
allowed strings.
@cindex language, in dates
In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
@cindex language, in dates
@cindex time zone item
The output of the @command{date} command
is not always acceptable as a date string,
not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}@. When using
@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}@. Here are some
ways to do this:
@example
$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
Tue Jul 21 23:00:37 UTC 2020
$ TZ=UTC0 date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ'
2020-07-21 23:00:37Z
$ date --rfc-3339=ns # --rfc-3339 is a GNU extension.
2020-07-21 19:00:37.692722128-04:00
$ date --rfc-2822 # a GNU extension
Tue, 21 Jul 2020 19:00:37 -0400
$ date +'%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z' # %z is a GNU extension.
2020-07-21 19:00:37 -0400
$ date +'@@%s.%N' # %s and %N are GNU extensions.
@@1595372437.692722128
@end example
@cindex case, ignored in dates
@cindex comments, in dates
Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates. Comments may be introduced
between round parentheses, as long as included parentheses are properly
nested. Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored. Leading
zeros on numbers are ignored.
@cindex leap seconds
Invalid dates like @samp{2019-02-29} or times like @samp{24:00} are
rejected. In the typical case of a host that does not support leap
seconds, a time like @samp{23:59:60} is rejected even if it
corresponds to a valid leap second.
@node Calendar date items
@section Calendar date items
@cindex calendar date item
A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year. It is
specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
numerically or literally. All these strings specify the same calendar date:
@example
2020-07-20 # ISO 8601.
20-7-20 # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
# 20xx for 00 through 68 (not recommended).
7/20/2020 # Common U.S. writing.
20 July 2020
20 Jul 2020 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
Jul 20, 2020
20-jul-2020
20jul2020
@end example
The year can also be omitted. In this case, the last specified year is
used, or the current year if none. For example:
@example
7/20
jul 20
@end example
Here are the rules.
@cindex ISO 8601 date format
@cindex date format, ISO 8601
For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
@samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31. A leading zero must be present
if a number is less than ten. If @var{year} is 68 or smaller, then 2000
is added to it; otherwise, if @var{year} is less than 100,
then 1900 is added to it. The construct
@samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
is accepted. Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
@cindex month names in date strings
@cindex abbreviations for months
Literal months may be spelled out in full: @samp{January},
@samp{February}, @samp{March}, @samp{April}, @samp{May}, @samp{June},
@samp{July}, @samp{August}, @samp{September}, @samp{October},
@samp{November} or @samp{December}. Literal months may be abbreviated
to their first three letters, possibly followed by an abbreviating dot.
It is also permitted to write @samp{Sept} instead of @samp{September}.
When months are written literally, the calendar date may be given as any
of the following:
@example
@var{day} @var{month} @var{year}
@var{day} @var{month}
@var{month} @var{day} @var{year}
@var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year}
@end example
Or, omitting the year:
@example
@var{month} @var{day}
@end example
@node Time of day items
@section Time of day items
@cindex time of day item
A @dfn{time of day item} in date strings specifies the time on a given
day. Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
@example
20:02:00.000000
20:02
8:02pm
20:02-0500 # In EST (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
@end example
@cindex leap seconds
More generally, the time of day may be given as
@samp{@var{hour}:@var{minute}:@var{second}}, where @var{hour} is
a number between 0 and 23, @var{minute} is a number between 0 and
59, and @var{second} is a number between 0 and 59 possibly followed by
@samp{.} or @samp{,} and a fraction containing one or more digits.
Alternatively,
@samp{:@var{second}} can be omitted, in which case it is taken to
be zero. On the rare hosts that support leap seconds, @var{second}
may be 60.
@findex am @r{in date strings}
@findex pm @r{in date strings}
@findex midnight @r{in date strings}
@findex noon @r{in date strings}
If the time is followed by @samp{am} or @samp{pm} (or @samp{a.m.}
or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
@samp{:@var{minute}} may be omitted (taken to be zero). @samp{am}
indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
half of the day. In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
@cindex time zone correction
@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
of zone minutes.
The zone minutes term, @var{mm}, may be omitted, in which case
the one- or two-digit correction is interpreted as a number of hours.
You can also separate @var{hh} from @var{mm} with a colon.
When a time zone correction is given this way, it
forces interpretation of the time relative to
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
specification for the time zone or the local time zone. For example,
@samp{+0530} and @samp{+05:30} both stand for the time zone 5.5 hours
ahead of UTC (e.g., India).
This is the best way to
specify a time zone correction by fractional parts of an hour.
The maximum zone correction is 24 hours.
Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
but not both.
@node Time zone items
@section Time zone items
@cindex time zone item
A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
for Coordinated Universal
Time. Any included periods are ignored. By following a
non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
daylight saving time zone may be specified.
Alternatively, a non-daylight-saving time zone can be followed by a
time zone correction, to add the two values. This is normally done
only for @samp{UTC}; for example, @samp{UTC+05:30} is equivalent to
@samp{+05:30}.
Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
Australia than in the United States, and @samp{A} has different
meaning as a military time zone than as an obsolescent
RFC 822 time zone. Instead, it's better to use
unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
described in the previous section.
If neither a time zone item nor a time zone correction is supplied,
timestamps are interpreted using the rules of the default time zone
(@pxref{Specifying time zone rules}).
@node Combined date and time of day items
@section Combined date and time of day items
@cindex combined date and time of day item
@cindex ISO 8601 date and time of day format
@cindex date and time of day format, ISO 8601
The ISO 8601 date and time of day extended format consists of an ISO
8601 date, a @samp{T} character separator, and an ISO 8601 time of
day. This format is also recognized if the @samp{T} is replaced by a
space.
In this format, the time of day should use 24-hour notation.
Fractional seconds are allowed, with either comma or period preceding
the fraction. ISO 8601 fractional minutes and hours are not
supported. Typically, hosts support nanosecond timestamp resolution;
excess precision is silently discarded.
Here are some examples:
@example
2012-09-24T20:02:00.052-05:00
2012-12-31T23:59:59,999999999+11:00
1970-01-01 00:00Z
@end example
@node Day of week items
@section Day of week items
@cindex day of week item
The explicit mention of a day of the week will forward the date
(only if necessary) to reach that day of the week in the future.
Days of the week may be spelled out in full: @samp{Sunday},
@samp{Monday}, @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednesday}, @samp{Thursday},
@samp{Friday} or @samp{Saturday}. Days may be abbreviated to their
first three letters, optionally followed by a period. The special
abbreviations @samp{Tues} for @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednes} for
@samp{Wednesday} and @samp{Thur} or @samp{Thurs} for @samp{Thursday} are
also allowed.
@findex next @var{day}
@findex last @var{day}
A number may precede a day of the week item to move forward
supplementary weeks. It is best used in expression like @samp{third
monday}. In this context, @samp{last @var{day}} or @samp{next
@var{day}} is also acceptable; they move one week before or after
the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
@node Relative items in date strings
@section Relative items in date strings
@cindex relative items in date strings
@cindex displacement of dates
@dfn{Relative items} adjust a date (or the current date if none) forward
or backward. The effects of relative items accumulate. Here are some
examples:
@example
1 year
1 year ago
3 years
2 days
@end example
@findex year @r{in date strings}
@findex month @r{in date strings}
@findex fortnight @r{in date strings}
@findex week @r{in date strings}
@findex day @r{in date strings}
@findex hour @r{in date strings}
@findex minute @r{in date strings}
The unit of time displacement may be selected by the string @samp{year}
or @samp{month} for moving by whole years or months. These are fuzzy
units, as years and months are not all of equal duration. More precise
units are @samp{fortnight} which is worth 14 days, @samp{week} worth 7
days, @samp{day} worth 24 hours, @samp{hour} worth 60 minutes,
@samp{minute} or @samp{min} worth 60 seconds, and @samp{second} or
@samp{sec} worth one second. An @samp{s} suffix on these units is
accepted and ignored.
@findex ago @r{in date strings}
The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
signed number. Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed. No
number at all implies 1 for a multiplier. Following a relative item by
the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
multiplier with value @math{-1}.
@findex day @r{in date strings}
@findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@findex yesterday @r{in date strings}
The string @samp{tomorrow} is worth one day in the future (equivalent
to @samp{day}), the string @samp{yesterday} is worth
one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
@findex now @r{in date strings}
@findex today @r{in date strings}
@findex this @r{in date strings}
The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
otherwise changed by previous items. They may be used to stress other
items, like in @samp{12:00 today}. The string @samp{this} also has
the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight saving time,
the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
The fuzz in units can cause problems with relative items. For
example, @samp{2020-07-31 -1 month} might evaluate to 2020-07-01,
because 2020-06-31 is an invalid date. To determine the previous
month more reliably, you can ask for the month before the 15th of the
current month. For example:
@example
$ date -R
Thu, 31 Jul 2020 13:02:39 -0400
$ date --date='-1 month' +'Last month was %B?'
Last month was July?
$ date --date="$(date +%Y-%m-15) -1 month" +'Last month was %B!'
Last month was June!
@end example
Also, take care when manipulating dates around clock changes such as
daylight saving leaps. In a few cases these have added or subtracted
as much as 24 hours from the clock, so it is often wise to adopt
universal time by setting the @env{TZ} environment variable to
@samp{UTC0} before embarking on calendrical calculations.
@node Pure numbers in date strings
@section Pure numbers in date strings
@cindex pure numbers in date strings
The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
on the context in the date string.
If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
calendar date.
If the decimal number is of the form @var{hh}@var{mm} and no other time
of day item appears before it in the date string, then @var{hh} is read
as the hour of the day and @var{mm} as the minute of the hour, for the
specified time of day. @var{mm} can also be omitted.
If both a calendar date and a time of day appear to the left of a number
in the date string, but no relative item, then the number overrides the
year.
@node Seconds since the Epoch
@section Seconds since the Epoch
If you precede a number with @samp{@@}, it represents an internal
timestamp as a count of seconds. The number can contain an internal
decimal point (either @samp{.} or @samp{,}); any excess precision not
supported by the internal representation is truncated toward minus
infinity. Such a number cannot be combined with any other date
item, as it specifies a complete timestamp.
@cindex beginning of time, for POSIX
@cindex Epoch, for POSIX
Internally, computer times are represented as a count of seconds since
an Epoch---a well-defined point of time. On GNU and
POSIX systems, the Epoch is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, so
@samp{@@0} represents this time, @samp{@@1} represents 1970-01-01
00:00:01 UTC, and so forth. GNU and most other
POSIX-compliant systems support such times as an extension
to POSIX, using negative counts, so that @samp{@@-1}
represents 1969-12-31 23:59:59 UTC.
Most modern systems count seconds with 64-bit two's-complement integers
of seconds with nanosecond subcounts, which is a range that includes
the known lifetime of the universe with nanosecond resolution.
Some obsolescent systems count seconds with 32-bit two's-complement
integers and can represent times from 1901-12-13 20:45:52 through
2038-01-19 03:14:07 UTC@. A few systems sport other time ranges.
@cindex leap seconds
On most hosts, these counts ignore the presence of leap seconds.
For example, on most hosts @samp{@@1483228799} represents 2016-12-31
23:59:59 UTC, @samp{@@1483228800} represents 2017-01-01 00:00:00
UTC, and there is no way to represent the intervening leap second
2016-12-31 23:59:60 UTC.
@node Specifying time zone rules
@section Specifying time zone rules
@vindex TZ
Normally, dates are interpreted using the rules of the current time
zone, which in turn are specified by the @env{TZ} environment
variable, or by a system default if @env{TZ} is not set. To specify a
different set of default time zone rules that apply just to one date,
start the date with a string of the form @samp{TZ="@var{rule}"}. The
two quote characters (@samp{"}) must be present in the date, and any
quotes or backslashes within @var{rule} must be escaped by a
backslash.
For example, with the GNU @command{date} command you can
answer the question ``What time is it in New York when a Paris clock
shows 6:30am on October 31, 2019?'' by using a date beginning with
@samp{TZ="Europe/Paris"} as shown in the following shell transcript:
@example
$ export TZ="America/New_York"
$ date --date='TZ="Europe/Paris" 2019-10-31 06:30'
Sun Oct 31 01:30:00 EDT 2019
@end example
In this example, the @option{--date} operand begins with its own
@env{TZ} setting, so the rest of that operand is processed according
to @samp{Europe/Paris} rules, treating the string @samp{2019-10-31
06:30} as if it were in Paris. However, since the output of the
@command{date} command is processed according to the overall time zone
rules, it uses New York time. (Paris was normally six hours ahead of
New York in 2019, but this example refers to a brief Halloween period
when the gap was five hours.)
A @env{TZ} value is a rule that typically names a location in the
@uref{https://www.iana.org/time-zones, @samp{tz} database}.
A recent catalog of location names appears in the
@uref{https://twiki.org/cgi-bin/xtra/tzdatepick.html, TWiki Date and Time
Gateway}. A few non-GNU hosts require a colon before a
location name in a @env{TZ} setting, e.g.,
@samp{TZ=":America/New_York"}.
The @samp{tz} database includes a wide variety of locations ranging
from @samp{Arctic/Longyearbyen} to @samp{Antarctica/South_Pole}, but
if you are at sea and have your own private time zone, or if you are
using a non-GNU host that does not support the @samp{tz}
database, you may need to use a POSIX rule instead. Simple
POSIX rules like @samp{UTC0} specify a time zone without
daylight saving time; other rules can specify simple daylight saving
regimes. @xref{TZ Variable,, Specifying the Time Zone with @code{TZ},
libc, The GNU C Library}.
@node Authors of parse_datetime
@section Authors of @code{parse_datetime}
@c the anchor keeps the old node name, to try to avoid breaking links
@anchor{Authors of get_date}
@cindex authors of @code{parse_datetime}
@cindex Bellovin, Steven M.
@cindex Salz, Rich
@cindex Berets, Jim
@cindex MacKenzie, David
@cindex Meyering, Jim
@cindex Eggert, Paul
@code{parse_datetime} started life as @code{getdate}, as originally
implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill. The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990. Various
revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
Paul Eggert and others, including renaming it to @code{get_date} to
avoid a conflict with the alternative Posix function @code{getdate},
and a later rename to @code{parse_datetime}. The Posix function
@code{getdate} can parse more locale-specific dates using
@code{strptime}, but relies on an environment variable and external
file, and lacks the thread-safety of @code{parse_datetime}.
@cindex Pinard, F.
@cindex Berry, K.
This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{parse_datetime.y} source code,
and then edited by K. Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

6313
doc/recutils.info Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5735
doc/recutils.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
doc/stamp-vti Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 16 April 2022
@set UPDATED-MONTH April 2022
@set EDITION 1.9
@set VERSION 1.9

9153
doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
doc/version.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
@set UPDATED 16 April 2022
@set UPDATED-MONTH April 2022
@set EDITION 1.9
@set VERSION 1.9

37
etc/FSD.rec Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
# FSD.rec - Record descriptor for FSD entries
#
# This file contains the record descriptor for entries in the Free
# Software Directory.
#
# The canonical location of this file is
# http://www.jemarch.net/downloads/FSD.rec
# Copyright (C) 2010, 2020, 2022 Jose E. Marchesi
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
%rec: FSD_Entry
%mandatory: Title
%type: Title line
%type: GNU bool
%type: MaturityLevel enum
+ Undefined Planning PreAlpha Alpha Beta
+ Production Mature Orphaned
%type: License enum
+ GPLv2 GPLv2PLUS GPLv3 GPLv3PLUS
+ GFDLv21PLUS
%type: InterfaceStyle enum
+ CommandLine Console Daemon XWindow Web Email
# End of FSD.rec

22
etc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# Makefile.am for etc/
# Copyright (C) 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018,
# 2019, 2020, 2022 Jose E. Marchesi
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
etcdir=$(pkgdatadir)/etc
dist_etc_DATA = FSD.rec
# End of Makefile.am

1999
etc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4366
lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7548
lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

45
lib/_Noreturn.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that a function does not return.
Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _Noreturn
# if (defined __cplusplus \
&& ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
|| (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
&& 0)
/* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
extern _Noreturn void func (...);
would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword. However, some
AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
this syntax with 'extern'. */
# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
&& (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
|| (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
&& (4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| (defined __apple_build_version__ \
? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
: 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))))
/* _Noreturn works as-is. */
# elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__ \
|| 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

31
lib/access.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/* Test the access rights of a file.
Copyright (C) 2019-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <io.h>
int
access (const char *file, int mode)
{
if ((mode & X_OK) != 0)
mode = (mode & ~X_OK) | R_OK;
return _access (file, mode);
}

52
lib/acl-errno-valid.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* Test whether ACLs are well supported on this system.
Copyright 2013-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include <acl.h>
#include <errno.h>
/* Return true if errno value ERRNUM indicates that ACLs are well
supported on this system. ERRNUM should be an errno value obtained
after an ACL-related system call fails. */
bool
acl_errno_valid (int errnum)
{
/* Recognize some common errors such as from an NFS mount that does
not support ACLs, even when local drives do. */
switch (errnum)
{
case EBUSY: return false;
case EINVAL: return false;
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
case ENOENT: return false;
#endif
case ENOSYS: return false;
#if defined ENOTSUP && ENOTSUP != EOPNOTSUPP
# if ENOTSUP != ENOSYS /* Needed for the MS-Windows port of GNU Emacs. */
case ENOTSUP: return false;
# endif
#endif
case EOPNOTSUPP: return false;
default: return true;
}
}

507
lib/acl-internal.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
/* Test whether a file has a nontrivial ACL. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl.h"
#include "acl-internal.h"
#if USE_ACL && HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial. */
int
acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
}
# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
int
acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it has some entries other than for "user::",
"group::", and "other::". Normally these three should be present
at least, allowing us to write
return (3 < acl_entries (acl));
but the following code is more robust. */
# if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one > 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
{
acl_tag_t tag;
if (acl_get_tag_type (ace, &tag) < 0)
return -1;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
return 1;
}
return got_one;
# elif HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
int count = acl->acl_cnt;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
acl_entry_t ace = &acl->acl_entry[i];
acl_tag_t tag = ace->ae_tag;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ
|| tag == ACL_OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
# elif HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not work. */
int count = acl->acl_num;
acl_entry_t ace;
for (ace = acl->acl_first; count > 0; ace = ace->next, count--)
{
acl_tag_t tag;
acl_perm_t perm;
tag = ace->entry->acl_type;
if (!(tag == ACL_USER_OBJ || tag == ACL_GROUP_OBJ || tag == ACL_OTHER))
return 1;
perm = ace->entry->acl_perm;
/* On Tru64, perm can also contain non-standard bits such as
PERM_INSERT, PERM_DELETE, PERM_MODIFY, PERM_LOOKUP, ... */
if ((perm & ~(ACL_READ | ACL_WRITE | ACL_EXECUTE)) != 0)
return 1;
}
return 0;
# else
errno = ENOSYS;
return -1;
# endif
}
int
acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t acl)
{
/* acl is non-trivial if it is non-empty. */
return (acl_entries (acl) > 0);
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
aclent_t *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ
/* Note: Cygwin does not return a CLASS_OBJ ("mask:") entry
sometimes. */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
/* A shortcut for a bitmask. */
# define NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA (NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA | NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA)
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries)
{
int i;
/* The flags in the ace_t structure changed in a binary incompatible way
when ACL_NO_TRIVIAL etc. were introduced in <sys/acl.h> version 1.15.
How to distinguish the two conventions at runtime?
In the old convention, usually three ACEs have a_flags = ACE_OWNER /
ACE_GROUP / ACE_OTHER, in the range 0x0100..0x0400. In the new
convention, these values are not used. */
int old_convention = 0;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
if (entries[i].a_flags & (OLD_ACE_OWNER | OLD_ACE_GROUP | OLD_ACE_OTHER))
{
old_convention = 1;
break;
}
if (old_convention)
/* Running on Solaris 10. */
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note:
If ace->a_flags = ACE_OWNER, ace->a_who is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_flags = ACE_GROUP, ace->a_who is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_who in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == OLD_ALLOW
&& (ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OWNER
|| ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_GROUP
|| ace->a_flags == OLD_ACE_OTHER)))
return 1;
}
else
{
/* Running on Solaris 10 (newer version) or Solaris 11. */
unsigned int access_masks[6] =
{
0, /* owner@ deny */
0, /* owner@ allow */
0, /* group@ deny */
0, /* group@ allow */
0, /* everyone@ deny */
0 /* everyone@ allow */
};
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
ace_t *ace = &entries[i];
unsigned int index1;
unsigned int index2;
if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE)
index1 = 1;
else if (ace->a_type == NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE)
index1 = 0;
else
return 1;
if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_OWNER)
index2 = 0;
else if (ace->a_flags == (NEW_ACE_GROUP | NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP))
index2 = 2;
else if (ace->a_flags == NEW_ACE_EVERYONE)
index2 = 4;
else
return 1;
access_masks[index1 + index2] |= ace->a_access_mask;
}
/* The same bit shouldn't be both allowed and denied. */
if (access_masks[0] & access_masks[1])
return 1;
if (access_masks[2] & access_masks[3])
return 1;
if (access_masks[4] & access_masks[5])
return 1;
/* Check minimum masks. */
if ((NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER)
& ~ access_masks[1])
return 1;
access_masks[1] &= ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER);
if ((NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE)
& ~ access_masks[5])
return 1;
access_masks[5] &= ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE);
/* Check the allowed or denied bits. */
switch ((access_masks[0] | access_masks[1])
& ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
switch ((access_masks[2] | access_masks[3])
& ~(NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_READ_ACL
| NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
switch ((access_masks[4] | access_masks[5])
& ~(NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL
| NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER))
{
case 0:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA:
case NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
case NEW_ACE_READ_DATA | NEW_ACE_WRITEA_DATA | NEW_ACE_EXECUTE:
break;
default:
return 1;
}
/* Check that the NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA and NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA bits are
either both allowed or both denied. */
if (((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[0] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
if (((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[2] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
if (((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA) != 0)
!= ((access_masks[4] & NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA) != 0))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries)
{
int i;
if (count > 3)
return 1;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl_entry *ace = &entries[i];
if (ace->uid != ACL_NSUSER && ace->gid != ACL_NSGROUP)
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && (HAVE_ACLX_GET || HAVE_STATACL) /* AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a)
{
/* The normal way to iterate through an ACL is like this:
struct acl_entry *ace;
for (ace = a->acl_ext; ace != acl_last (a); ace = acl_nxt (ace))
{
struct ace_id *aei;
switch (ace->ace_type)
{
case ACC_PERMIT:
case ACC_DENY:
case ACC_SPECIFY:
...;
}
for (aei = ace->ace_id; aei != id_last (ace); aei = id_nxt (aei))
...
}
*/
return (acl_last (a) != a->acl_ext ? 1 : 0);
}
# if HAVE_ACLX_GET && defined ACL_AIX_WIP /* newer AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nfs4_nontrivial (nfs4_acl_int_t *a)
{
# if 1 /* let's try this first */
return (a->aclEntryN > 0 ? 1 : 0);
# else
int count = a->aclEntryN;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
nfs4_ace_int_t *ace = &a->aclEntry[i];
if (!((ace->flags & ACE4_ID_SPECIAL) != 0
&& (ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_OWNER
|| ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_GROUP
|| ace->aceWho.special_whoid == ACE4_WHO_EVERYONE)
&& ace->aceType == ACE4_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE
&& ace->aceFlags == 0
&& (ace->aceMask & ~(ACE4_READ_DATA | ACE4_LIST_DIRECTORY
| ACE4_WRITE_DATA | ACE4_ADD_FILE
| ACE4_EXECUTE)) == 0))
return 1;
}
return 0;
# endif
}
# endif
#elif USE_ACL && HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACL_GET.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
int
acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
struct acl *ace = &entries[i];
/* Note: If ace->a_type = USER_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_uid from stat().
If ace->a_type = GROUP_OBJ, ace->a_id is the st_gid from stat().
We don't need to check ace->a_id in these cases. */
if (!(ace->a_type == USER_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == GROUP_OBJ /* no need to check ace->a_id here */
|| ace->a_type == CLASS_OBJ
|| ace->a_type == OTHER_OBJ))
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
#endif
void
free_permission_context (struct permission_context *ctx)
{
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
if (ctx->acl)
acl_free (ctx->acl);
# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
if (ctx->default_acl)
acl_free (ctx->default_acl);
# endif
# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
free (ctx->entries);
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
free (ctx->ace_entries);
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
# if HAVE_ACLV_H
# endif
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
# endif
#endif
}

302
lib/acl-internal.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
/* Internal implementation of access control lists. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include "acl.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* All systems define the ACL related API in <sys/acl.h>. */
#if HAVE_SYS_ACL_H
# include <sys/acl.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_FACL && ! defined GETACLCNT && defined ACL_CNT
# define GETACLCNT ACL_CNT
#endif
/* On Linux and Cygwin >= 2.5, additional ACL related API is available in
<acl/libacl.h>. */
#ifdef HAVE_ACL_LIBACL_H
# include <acl/libacl.h>
#endif
/* On HP-UX >= 11.11, additional ACL API is available in <aclv.h>. */
#if HAVE_ACLV_H
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <aclv.h>
/* HP-UX 11.11 lacks these declarations. */
extern int acl (char *, int, int, struct acl *);
extern int aclsort (int, int, struct acl *);
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_FCHMOD
# define HAVE_FCHMOD false
# define fchmod(fd, mode) (-1)
#endif
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE
# define ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17 -- abandoned) specific version. */
/* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# ifndef MIN_ACL_ENTRIES
# define MIN_ACL_ENTRIES 4
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
# ifdef HAVE_ACL_GET_FD
/* Most platforms have a 1-argument acl_get_fd, only OSF/1 has a 2-argument
macro(!). */
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE acl_t
rpl_acl_get_fd (int fd)
{
return acl_get_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
}
# undef acl_get_fd
# define acl_get_fd rpl_acl_get_fd
# endif
# else
# define HAVE_ACL_GET_FD false
# undef acl_get_fd
# define acl_get_fd(fd) (NULL)
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 17) */
# ifdef HAVE_ACL_SET_FD
/* Most platforms have a 2-argument acl_set_fd, only OSF/1 has a 3-argument
macro(!). */
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* OSF/1 */
ACL_INTERNAL_INLINE int
rpl_acl_set_fd (int fd, acl_t acl)
{
return acl_set_fd (fd, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, acl);
}
# undef acl_set_fd
# define acl_set_fd rpl_acl_set_fd
# endif
# else
# define HAVE_ACL_SET_FD false
# undef acl_set_fd
# define acl_set_fd(fd, acl) (-1)
# endif
/* POSIX 1003.1e (draft 13) */
# if ! HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT
# define acl_free_text(buf) acl_free (buf)
# endif
/* Linux-specific */
/* Cygwin >= 2.5 implements this function, but it returns 1 for all
directories, thus is unusable. */
# if !defined HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE || defined __CYGWIN__
# undef HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE
# define HAVE_ACL_EXTENDED_FILE false
# define acl_extended_file(name) (-1)
# endif
# if ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_MODE && ! defined HAVE_ACL_FROM_TEXT
# define acl_from_mode (NULL)
# endif
/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
# if (HAVE_ACL_COPY_EXT_NATIVE && HAVE_ACL_CREATE_ENTRY_NP) || defined __sgi /* Mac OS X, IRIX */
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
# endif
/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
/* Define a replacement for acl_entries if needed. (Only Linux has it.) */
# if !HAVE_ACL_ENTRIES
# define acl_entries rpl_acl_entries
extern int acl_entries (acl_t);
# endif
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial. */
extern int acl_extended_nontrivial (acl_t);
# else
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
extern int acl_access_nontrivial (acl_t);
/* ACL is an ACL, from a file, stored as type ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT.
Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
extern int acl_default_nontrivial (acl_t);
# endif
# elif HAVE_FACL && defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5, not HP-UX */
/* Set to 0 if a file's mode is stored independently from the ACL. */
# if defined __CYGWIN__ /* Cygwin */
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 0
# endif
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, aclent_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
# ifdef ACE_GETACL /* Solaris 10 */
/* Test an ACL retrieved with ACE_GETACL.
Return 1 if the given ACL, consisting of COUNT entries, is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_ace_nontrivial (int count, ace_t *entries) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Definitions for when the built executable is executed on Solaris 10
(newer version) or Solaris 11. */
/* For a_type. */
# define OLD_ALLOW 0
# define OLD_DENY 1
# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE 0 /* replaces ALLOW */
# define NEW_ACE_ACCESS_DENIED_ACE_TYPE 1 /* replaces DENY */
/* For a_flags. */
# define OLD_ACE_OWNER 0x0100
# define OLD_ACE_GROUP 0x0200
# define OLD_ACE_OTHER 0x0400
# define NEW_ACE_OWNER 0x1000
# define NEW_ACE_GROUP 0x2000
# define NEW_ACE_IDENTIFIER_GROUP 0x0040
# define NEW_ACE_EVERYONE 0x4000
/* For a_access_mask. */
# define NEW_ACE_READ_DATA 0x001 /* corresponds to 'r' */
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_DATA 0x002 /* corresponds to 'w' */
# define NEW_ACE_APPEND_DATA 0x004
# define NEW_ACE_READ_NAMED_ATTRS 0x008
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x010
# define NEW_ACE_EXECUTE 0x020
# define NEW_ACE_DELETE_CHILD 0x040
# define NEW_ACE_READ_ATTRIBUTES 0x080
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES 0x100
# define NEW_ACE_DELETE 0x10000
# define NEW_ACE_READ_ACL 0x20000
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_ACL 0x40000
# define NEW_ACE_WRITE_OWNER 0x80000
# define NEW_ACE_SYNCHRONIZE 0x100000
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl_entry *entries);
# if HAVE_ACLV_H /* HP-UX >= 11.11 */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int aclv_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
# endif
# elif HAVE_ACLX_GET && 0 /* AIX */
/* TODO */
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (struct acl *a);
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
/* Return 1 if the given ACL is non-trivial.
Return 0 if it is trivial, i.e. equivalent to a simple stat() mode. */
extern int acl_nontrivial (int count, struct acl *entries);
# endif
/* Set to 1 if a file's mode is implicit by the ACL. */
# ifndef MODE_INSIDE_ACL
# define MODE_INSIDE_ACL 1
# endif
#endif
struct permission_context {
mode_t mode;
#if USE_ACL
# if HAVE_ACL_GET_FILE /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
acl_t acl;
# if !HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED
acl_t default_acl;
# endif
bool acls_not_supported;
# elif defined GETACL /* Solaris, Cygwin < 2.5 */
int count;
aclent_t *entries;
# ifdef ACE_GETACL
int ace_count;
ace_t *ace_entries;
# endif
# elif HAVE_GETACL /* HP-UX */
struct acl_entry entries[NACLENTRIES];
int count;
# if HAVE_ACLV_H
struct acl aclv_entries[NACLVENTRIES];
int aclv_count;
# endif
# elif HAVE_STATACL /* older AIX */
union { struct acl a; char room[4096]; } u;
bool have_u;
# elif HAVE_ACLSORT /* NonStop Kernel */
struct acl entries[NACLENTRIES];
int count;
# endif
#endif
};
int get_permissions (const char *, int, mode_t, struct permission_context *);
int set_permissions (struct permission_context *, const char *, int);
void free_permission_context (struct permission_context *);
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END

35
lib/acl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* acl.c - access control lists
Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ACL_H
#define _GL_ACL_H 1
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
bool acl_errno_valid (int) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
int file_has_acl (char const *, struct stat const *);
int qset_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
int set_acl (char const *, int, mode_t);
int qcopy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
int copy_acl (char const *, int, char const *, int, mode_t);
int chmod_or_fchmod (char const *, int, mode_t);
#endif

75
lib/acl_entries.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* Return the number of entries in an ACL.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert and Andreas Gruenbacher. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl-internal.h"
/* This file assumes POSIX-draft like ACLs
(Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, IRIX, Tru64, Cygwin >= 2.5). */
/* Return the number of entries in ACL.
Return -1 and set errno upon failure to determine it. */
int
acl_entries (acl_t acl)
{
int count = 0;
if (acl != NULL)
{
#if HAVE_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY /* Linux, FreeBSD, Mac OS X, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED /* Mac OS X */
/* acl_get_entry returns 0 when it successfully fetches an entry,
and -1/EINVAL at the end. */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one >= 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
count++;
# else /* Linux, FreeBSD, Cygwin >= 2.5 */
/* acl_get_entry returns 1 when it successfully fetches an entry,
and 0 at the end. */
acl_entry_t ace;
int got_one;
for (got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_FIRST_ENTRY, &ace);
got_one > 0;
got_one = acl_get_entry (acl, ACL_NEXT_ENTRY, &ace))
count++;
if (got_one < 0)
return -1;
# endif
#else /* IRIX, Tru64 */
# if HAVE_ACL_TO_SHORT_TEXT /* IRIX */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it is undocumented. */
count = acl->acl_cnt;
# endif
# if HAVE_ACL_FREE_TEXT /* Tru64 */
/* Don't use acl_get_entry: it takes only one argument and does not
work. */
count = acl->acl_num;
# endif
#endif
}
return count;
}

52
lib/alignof.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* Determine alignment of types.
Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ALIGNOF_H
#define _ALIGNOF_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* alignof_slot (TYPE)
Determine the alignment of a structure slot (field) of a given type,
at compile time. Note that the result depends on the ABI.
This is the same as alignof (TYPE) and _Alignof (TYPE), defined in
<stdalign.h> if __alignof_is_defined is 1.
Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
#if defined __cplusplus
template <class type> struct alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
#else
# define alignof_slot(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
#endif
/* alignof_type (TYPE)
Determine the good alignment of an object of the given type at compile time.
Note that this is not necessarily the same as alignof_slot(type).
For example, with GNU C on x86 platforms and with clang on Linux/x86:
alignof_type(long long) = 8, but alignof_slot(long long) = 4.
And alignof_type(double) = 8, but
- when -malign-double is not specified: alignof_slot(double) = 4,
- when -malign-double is specified: alignof_slot(double) = 8.
Note: The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant,
due to bugs in HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__
# define alignof_type __alignof__
#else
# define alignof_type alignof_slot
#endif
#endif /* _ALIGNOF_H */

202
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
This file is in the public domain. */
/* (Mostly) portable implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef emacs
# include "lisp.h"
# include "blockinput.h"
# ifdef EMACS_FREE
# undef free
# define free EMACS_FREE
# endif
#else
# define memory_full() abort ()
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC or clang, this file is not needed. */
#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
old and obscure compilers. */
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = &probe;
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC || clang */

72
lib/alloca.in.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
/* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround,
include this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards
if needed. */
# if defined __GNUC__ && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
# include_next <alloca.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifndef alloca
# if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

26
lib/arg-nonnull.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif

34
lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

39
lib/asprintf.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
# include "vasprintf.h"
#else
# include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <stdarg.h>
int
asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

57
lib/assure.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* Run-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2014-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H
#define _GL_ASSURE_H
#include <assert.h>
#include "verify.h"
/* Evaluate an assertion E that is guaranteed to be true.
If NDEBUG is not defined, abort the program if E is false.
If NDEBUG is defined, the compiler can assume E and behavior is
undefined if E is false, fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro evaluates E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos, avoid some GCC warnings, and
improve performance when E is simple enough.
Also see the documentation for 'assume' in verify.h. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define affirm(E) assume (E)
#else
# define affirm(E) assert (E)
#endif
/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not.
However, do nothing if NDEBUG is defined.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro compiles E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings.
Unlike 'affirm', it is OK for E to use hard-to-optimize features,
since E is not executed if NDEBUG is defined. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
#else
# define assure(E) assert (E)
#endif
#endif

146
lib/at-func.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
# include <errno.h>
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
# endif
#else
# include "openat.h"
# include "openat-priv.h"
# include "save-cwd.h"
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
# define CALL_FUNC(F) \
(flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \
? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \
: AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) \
if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND) \
{ \
errno = EINVAL; \
return FUNC_FAIL; \
}
#else
# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
#else
# define FUNC_RESULT int
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
#else
# define FUNC_FAIL -1
#endif
/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
open on descriptor FD. If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND. Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined. If possible, do it without changing the
working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
FUNC_RESULT
AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
{
VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
return CALL_FUNC (file);
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
errno = ENOTSUP;
return FUNC_FAIL;
#else
{
/* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS. */
struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
int saved_errno;
FUNC_RESULT err;
{
char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
if (proc_file)
{
FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
int proc_errno = errno;
if (proc_file != proc_buf)
free (proc_file);
/* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
return proc_result;
if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
{
errno = proc_errno;
return proc_result;
}
}
}
if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_save_fail (errno);
if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
{
/* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
begin with. */
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = EBADF;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
err = CALL_FUNC (file);
saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_restore_fail (errno);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (saved_errno)
errno = saved_errno;
return err;
}
#endif
}
#undef CALL_FUNC
#undef FUNC_RESULT
#undef FUNC_FAIL

226
lib/attribute.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
macros used within Gnulib. */
/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
- At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
by the declaration.
- Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
declaration; then they apply to that entity only. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
/* This file defines two types of attributes:
* C2x standard attributes. These have macro names that do not begin with
'ATTRIBUTE_'.
* Selected GCC attributes; see:
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes. */
/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== */
/* Attributes for functions that should not be used. */
/* Warn if the entity is used. */
/* Applies to:
- function, variable,
- struct, union, struct/union member,
- enumeration, enumeration item,
- typedef,
in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization. */
#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions. */
/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
is the size of the returned memory block.
ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
to determine the size of the returned memory block. */
/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
function F.
ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'. */
/* Applies to: functions. Cannot be used on inline functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
/* Attributes for variadic functions. */
/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations. */
/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
printf, gnu_printf
scanf, gnu_scanf,
strftime, gnu_strftime,
strfmon,
or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
are suitable for the format string. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
unless the caller uses something like ignore_value. */
/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class. */
#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
programmer "mistakes". */
/* Do not warn if the entity is not used. */
/* Applies to:
- function, variable,
- struct, union, struct/union member,
- enumeration, enumeration item,
- typedef,
in C++ also: class. */
#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated. */
/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
type '[[un]signed] char'. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
following 'case' or 'default' label. */
/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement. */
#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== */
/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler. */
/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging. */
/* Applies to: function. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'. */
/* Applies to: functions, variables. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== */
/* The function does not throw exceptions. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
/* Do not inline the function. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
cannot inline. */
/* Applies to: function. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
(This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.) */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
observable state, and always returns exactly once.
(This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.) */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
/* The function is rarely executed. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
minimizing the memory required. */
/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
in C++ also: class. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
fully ISO C compliant. */
/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization. */
/* Applies to: types. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */

598
lib/base64.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
/* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson. Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
* (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28). Improved by review
* from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
*
* See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
*
* Be careful with error checking. Here is how you would typically
* use these functions:
*
* bool ok = base64_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
* if (!ok)
* FAIL: input was not valid base64
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
*
* idx_t outlen = base64_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
* if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
* FAIL: input too long
* if (out == NULL)
* FAIL: memory allocation error
* OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
*
*/
#include <config.h>
/* Get prototype. */
#include "base64.h"
/* Get imalloc. */
#include <ialloc.h>
#include <intprops.h>
/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Convert 'char' to 'unsigned char' without casting. */
static unsigned char
to_uchar (char ch)
{
return ch;
}
static const char b64c[64] =
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array. OUT needs
to be of length >= BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), and INLEN needs to be
a multiple of 3. */
static void
base64_encode_fast (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen, char *restrict out)
{
while (inlen)
{
*out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4) + (to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4)) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2) + (to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6)) & 0x3f];
*out++ = b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f];
inlen -= 3;
in += 3;
}
}
/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
If OUTLEN is less than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
possible. If OUTLEN is larger than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
terminate the output buffer. */
void
base64_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
char *restrict out, idx_t outlen)
{
/* Note this outlen constraint can be enforced at compile time.
I.E. that the output buffer is exactly large enough to hold
the encoded inlen bytes. The inlen constraints (of corresponding
to outlen, and being a multiple of 3) can change at runtime
at the end of input. However the common case when reading
large inputs is to have both constraints satisfied, so we depend
on both in base_encode_fast(). */
if (outlen % 4 == 0 && inlen == (outlen >> 2) * 3)
{
base64_encode_fast (in, inlen, out);
return;
}
while (inlen && outlen)
{
*out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4 : 0))
& 0x3f];
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ =
(inlen
? b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2)
+ (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6 : 0))
& 0x3f]
: '=');
if (!--outlen)
break;
*out++ = inlen ? b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f] : '=';
if (!--outlen)
break;
if (inlen)
inlen--;
if (inlen)
in += 3;
}
if (outlen)
*out = '\0';
}
/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base64 encoded data
from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero. On
return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
memory that must be deallocated by the caller. If output string
length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL. If
memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
idx_t
base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out)
{
/* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
Treat negative INLEN as overflow, for better compatibility with
pre-2021-08-27 API, which used size_t. */
idx_t in_over_3 = inlen / 3 + (inlen % 3 != 0), outlen;
if (! INT_MULTIPLY_OK (in_over_3, 4, &outlen) || inlen < 0)
{
*out = NULL;
return 0;
}
outlen++;
*out = imalloc (outlen);
if (!*out)
return outlen;
base64_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
return outlen - 1;
}
/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
(think EBCDIC). However, it does assume that the characters in the
Base64 alphabet (A-Za-z0-9+/) are encoded in 0..255. POSIX
1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
quantities, though, taking care of that problem. But this may be a
potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B64(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
as the formal parameter rather than "x". */
#define B64(_) \
((_) == 'A' ? 0 \
: (_) == 'B' ? 1 \
: (_) == 'C' ? 2 \
: (_) == 'D' ? 3 \
: (_) == 'E' ? 4 \
: (_) == 'F' ? 5 \
: (_) == 'G' ? 6 \
: (_) == 'H' ? 7 \
: (_) == 'I' ? 8 \
: (_) == 'J' ? 9 \
: (_) == 'K' ? 10 \
: (_) == 'L' ? 11 \
: (_) == 'M' ? 12 \
: (_) == 'N' ? 13 \
: (_) == 'O' ? 14 \
: (_) == 'P' ? 15 \
: (_) == 'Q' ? 16 \
: (_) == 'R' ? 17 \
: (_) == 'S' ? 18 \
: (_) == 'T' ? 19 \
: (_) == 'U' ? 20 \
: (_) == 'V' ? 21 \
: (_) == 'W' ? 22 \
: (_) == 'X' ? 23 \
: (_) == 'Y' ? 24 \
: (_) == 'Z' ? 25 \
: (_) == 'a' ? 26 \
: (_) == 'b' ? 27 \
: (_) == 'c' ? 28 \
: (_) == 'd' ? 29 \
: (_) == 'e' ? 30 \
: (_) == 'f' ? 31 \
: (_) == 'g' ? 32 \
: (_) == 'h' ? 33 \
: (_) == 'i' ? 34 \
: (_) == 'j' ? 35 \
: (_) == 'k' ? 36 \
: (_) == 'l' ? 37 \
: (_) == 'm' ? 38 \
: (_) == 'n' ? 39 \
: (_) == 'o' ? 40 \
: (_) == 'p' ? 41 \
: (_) == 'q' ? 42 \
: (_) == 'r' ? 43 \
: (_) == 's' ? 44 \
: (_) == 't' ? 45 \
: (_) == 'u' ? 46 \
: (_) == 'v' ? 47 \
: (_) == 'w' ? 48 \
: (_) == 'x' ? 49 \
: (_) == 'y' ? 50 \
: (_) == 'z' ? 51 \
: (_) == '0' ? 52 \
: (_) == '1' ? 53 \
: (_) == '2' ? 54 \
: (_) == '3' ? 55 \
: (_) == '4' ? 56 \
: (_) == '5' ? 57 \
: (_) == '6' ? 58 \
: (_) == '7' ? 59 \
: (_) == '8' ? 60 \
: (_) == '9' ? 61 \
: (_) == '+' ? 62 \
: (_) == '/' ? 63 \
: -1)
static const signed char b64[0x100] = {
B64 (0), B64 (1), B64 (2), B64 (3),
B64 (4), B64 (5), B64 (6), B64 (7),
B64 (8), B64 (9), B64 (10), B64 (11),
B64 (12), B64 (13), B64 (14), B64 (15),
B64 (16), B64 (17), B64 (18), B64 (19),
B64 (20), B64 (21), B64 (22), B64 (23),
B64 (24), B64 (25), B64 (26), B64 (27),
B64 (28), B64 (29), B64 (30), B64 (31),
B64 (32), B64 (33), B64 (34), B64 (35),
B64 (36), B64 (37), B64 (38), B64 (39),
B64 (40), B64 (41), B64 (42), B64 (43),
B64 (44), B64 (45), B64 (46), B64 (47),
B64 (48), B64 (49), B64 (50), B64 (51),
B64 (52), B64 (53), B64 (54), B64 (55),
B64 (56), B64 (57), B64 (58), B64 (59),
B64 (60), B64 (61), B64 (62), B64 (63),
B64 (64), B64 (65), B64 (66), B64 (67),
B64 (68), B64 (69), B64 (70), B64 (71),
B64 (72), B64 (73), B64 (74), B64 (75),
B64 (76), B64 (77), B64 (78), B64 (79),
B64 (80), B64 (81), B64 (82), B64 (83),
B64 (84), B64 (85), B64 (86), B64 (87),
B64 (88), B64 (89), B64 (90), B64 (91),
B64 (92), B64 (93), B64 (94), B64 (95),
B64 (96), B64 (97), B64 (98), B64 (99),
B64 (100), B64 (101), B64 (102), B64 (103),
B64 (104), B64 (105), B64 (106), B64 (107),
B64 (108), B64 (109), B64 (110), B64 (111),
B64 (112), B64 (113), B64 (114), B64 (115),
B64 (116), B64 (117), B64 (118), B64 (119),
B64 (120), B64 (121), B64 (122), B64 (123),
B64 (124), B64 (125), B64 (126), B64 (127),
B64 (128), B64 (129), B64 (130), B64 (131),
B64 (132), B64 (133), B64 (134), B64 (135),
B64 (136), B64 (137), B64 (138), B64 (139),
B64 (140), B64 (141), B64 (142), B64 (143),
B64 (144), B64 (145), B64 (146), B64 (147),
B64 (148), B64 (149), B64 (150), B64 (151),
B64 (152), B64 (153), B64 (154), B64 (155),
B64 (156), B64 (157), B64 (158), B64 (159),
B64 (160), B64 (161), B64 (162), B64 (163),
B64 (164), B64 (165), B64 (166), B64 (167),
B64 (168), B64 (169), B64 (170), B64 (171),
B64 (172), B64 (173), B64 (174), B64 (175),
B64 (176), B64 (177), B64 (178), B64 (179),
B64 (180), B64 (181), B64 (182), B64 (183),
B64 (184), B64 (185), B64 (186), B64 (187),
B64 (188), B64 (189), B64 (190), B64 (191),
B64 (192), B64 (193), B64 (194), B64 (195),
B64 (196), B64 (197), B64 (198), B64 (199),
B64 (200), B64 (201), B64 (202), B64 (203),
B64 (204), B64 (205), B64 (206), B64 (207),
B64 (208), B64 (209), B64 (210), B64 (211),
B64 (212), B64 (213), B64 (214), B64 (215),
B64 (216), B64 (217), B64 (218), B64 (219),
B64 (220), B64 (221), B64 (222), B64 (223),
B64 (224), B64 (225), B64 (226), B64 (227),
B64 (228), B64 (229), B64 (230), B64 (231),
B64 (232), B64 (233), B64 (234), B64 (235),
B64 (236), B64 (237), B64 (238), B64 (239),
B64 (240), B64 (241), B64 (242), B64 (243),
B64 (244), B64 (245), B64 (246), B64 (247),
B64 (248), B64 (249), B64 (250), B64 (251),
B64 (252), B64 (253), B64 (254), B64 (255)
};
#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
# define uchar_in_range(c) true
#else
# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
#endif
/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base64 alphabet, and
false otherwise. Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
part of the alphabet. */
bool
isbase64 (char ch)
{
return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b64[to_uchar (ch)];
}
/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX. */
void
base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
{
ctx->i = 0;
}
/* If CTX->i is 0 or 4, there are four or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
none of those four is a newline, then return *IN. Otherwise, copy up to
4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
and return CTX->buf. In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer. */
static char *
get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
idx_t *n_non_newline)
{
if (ctx->i == 4)
ctx->i = 0;
if (ctx->i == 0)
{
char const *t = *in;
if (4 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 4) == NULL)
{
/* This is the common case: no newline. */
*in += 4;
*n_non_newline = 4;
return (char *) t;
}
}
{
/* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF. */
char const *p = *in;
while (p < in_end)
{
char c = *p++;
if (c != '\n')
{
ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
if (ctx->i == 4)
break;
}
}
*in = p;
*n_non_newline = ctx->i;
return ctx->buf;
}
}
#define return_false \
do \
{ \
*outp = out; \
return false; \
} \
while (false)
/* Decode up to four bytes of base64-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes. Return true if
decoding is successful, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too small,
as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT. On return, advance
*OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
*OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT. */
static bool
decode_4 (char const *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
char *restrict *outp, idx_t *outleft)
{
char *out = *outp;
if (inlen < 2)
return false;
if (!isbase64 (in[0]) || !isbase64 (in[1]))
return false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = ((b64[to_uchar (in[0])] << 2)
| (b64[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 4));
--*outleft;
}
if (inlen == 2)
return_false;
if (in[2] == '=')
{
if (inlen != 4)
return_false;
if (in[3] != '=')
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase64 (in[2]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[1])] << 4) & 0xf0)
| (b64[to_uchar (in[2])] >> 2));
--*outleft;
}
if (inlen == 3)
return_false;
if (in[3] == '=')
{
if (inlen != 4)
return_false;
}
else
{
if (!isbase64 (in[3]))
return_false;
if (*outleft)
{
*out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[2])] << 6) & 0xc0)
| b64[to_uchar (in[3])]);
--*outleft;
}
}
}
*outp = out;
return true;
}
/* Decode base64-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes. The input data may be interspersed
with newlines. Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
input was valid base64 data, false otherwise. If *OUTLEN is too
small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT. On return,
*OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT. Note that as soon
as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
is stopped and false is returned. If INLEN is zero, then process
only whatever data is stored in CTX.
Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base64_decode_ctx_init.
Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
in that buffer. It is necessary for when a quadruple of base64 input
bytes spans two input buffers.
If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
buffer is processed as a unit. */
bool
base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen)
{
idx_t outleft = *outlen;
bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
bool flush_ctx = false;
unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
if (ignore_newlines)
{
ctx_i = ctx->i;
flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
}
while (true)
{
idx_t outleft_save = outleft;
if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
{
while (true)
{
/* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
block of four bytes. */
outleft_save = outleft;
if (!decode_4 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
in += 4;
inlen -= 4;
}
}
if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
break;
/* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
This also handles any other multiple-of-4-byte wrapping. */
if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
{
++in;
--inlen;
continue;
}
/* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT. */
out -= outleft_save - outleft;
outleft = outleft_save;
{
char const *in_end = in + inlen;
char const *non_nl;
if (ignore_newlines)
non_nl = get_4 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
else
non_nl = in; /* Might have nl in this case. */
/* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
then we're done. Likewise if there are fewer than 4 bytes when not
flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage. */
if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 4 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
{
inlen = 0;
break;
}
if (!decode_4 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
break;
inlen = in_end - in;
}
}
*outlen -= outleft;
return inlen == 0;
}
/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base64 encoded
data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer. On return, the
size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN. OUTLEN may be NULL,
if the caller is not interested in the decoded length. *OUT may be
NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
contains the size of the memory block needed. The function returns
true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors. (Use the
*OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
decoding and memory error.) The function returns false if the
input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
undefined. */
bool
base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out,
idx_t *outlen)
{
/* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
The exact size is 3 * (inlen + (ctx ? ctx->i : 0)) / 4, minus 1 if the
input ends with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
Shifting before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow. */
idx_t needlen = 3 * ((inlen >> 2) + 1);
*out = imalloc (needlen);
if (!*out)
return true;
if (!base64_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
{
free (*out);
*out = NULL;
return false;
}
if (outlen)
*outlen = needlen;
return true;
}

68
lib/base64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef BASE64_H
# define BASE64_H
/* Get idx_t. */
# include <idx.h>
/* Get bool. */
# include <stdbool.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k. */
# define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
struct base64_decode_context
{
int i;
char buf[4];
};
extern bool isbase64 (char ch) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
char *restrict out, idx_t outlen);
extern idx_t base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, idx_t inlen, char **out);
extern void base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx);
extern bool base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *restrict in, idx_t inlen,
char *restrict out, idx_t *outlen);
extern bool base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
const char *in, idx_t inlen,
char **out, idx_t *outlen);
#define base64_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base64_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
#define base64_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
base64_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* BASE64_H */

71
lib/basename-lgpl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "basename-lgpl.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "filename.h"
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool last_was_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
last_was_slash = true;
else if (last_was_slash)
{
base = p;
last_was_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

78
lib/basename-lgpl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/* Extract the last component (base name) of a file name.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BASENAME_LGPL_H
#define _BASENAME_LGPL_H
#include <stddef.h>
#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Return the address of the last file name component of FILENAME.
If FILENAME has some trailing slash(es), they are considered to be
part of the last component.
If FILENAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string.
Examples:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo.c" "foo.c"
"foo/bar.c" "bar.c"
"/foo/bar.c" "bar.c"
"foo/bar/" "bar/"
"foo/bar//" "bar//"
"/" ""
"//" ""
"" ""
The return value is a tail of the given FILENAME; do NOT free() it! */
/* This function was traditionally called 'basename', but we avoid this
function name because
* Various platforms have different functions in their libc.
In particular, the glibc basename(), defined in <string.h>, does
not consider trailing slashes to be part of the component:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo/bar/" ""
"foo/bar//" ""
* The 'basename' command eliminates trailing slashes and for a root
produces a non-empty result:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo/bar/" "bar"
"foo/bar//" "bar"
"/" "/"
"//" "/"
*/
extern char *last_component (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Return the length of the basename FILENAME.
Typically FILENAME is the value returned by base_name or last_component.
Act like strlen (FILENAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
extern size_t base_len (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* _BASENAME_LGPL_H */

39
lib/binary-io.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "binary-io.h"
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
# include <unistd.h>
int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
if (isatty (fd))
/* If FD refers to a console (not a pipe, not a regular file),
O_TEXT is the only reasonable mode, both on input and on output.
Silently ignore the request. If we were to return -1 here,
all programs that use xset_binary_mode would fail when run
with console input or console output. */
return O_TEXT;
else
return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
#endif

77
lib/binary-io.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Binary mode I/O.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BINARY_H
#define _BINARY_H
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
#include <fcntl.h>
/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
so we include it here first. */
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
# define __gl_setmode setmode
# else
# define __gl_setmode _setmode
# undef fileno
# define fileno _fileno
# endif
#else
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice. */
/* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
"warning: statement with no effect". */
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
__gl_setmode (_GL_UNUSED int fd, _GL_UNUSED int mode)
{
return O_BINARY;
}
#endif
/* Set FD's mode to MODE, which should be either O_TEXT or O_BINARY.
Return the old mode if successful, -1 (setting errno) on failure.
Ordinarily this function would be called 'setmode', since that is
its old name on MS-Windows, but it is called 'set_binary_mode' here
to avoid colliding with a BSD function of another name. */
#if defined __DJGPP__ || defined __EMX__
extern int set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode);
#else
BINARY_IO_INLINE int
set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
{
return __gl_setmode (fd, mode);
}
#endif
/* This macro is obsolescent. */
#define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _BINARY_H */

21
lib/bitrotate.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* Rotate bits in integers.
Copyright (C) 2012-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "bitrotate.h"

138
lib/bitrotate.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers
Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */
#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H
#define _GL_BITROTATE_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE
# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef UINT64_MAX
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
63 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
63 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
}
#endif
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
31 inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
31 inclusive.*/
BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 and
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotl_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be between 1 to
(CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive. */
BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
rotr_sz (size_t x, int n)
{
return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to
15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (16 - n)))
& UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 15
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (16 - n)))
& UINT16_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the left. N must be between 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x << n) | ((unsigned int) x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
to rotating the bits N steps to the right. N must be in 1 to 7
inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
before shifting. */
BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n)
{
return (((unsigned int) x >> n) | ((unsigned int) x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
}
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */

39
lib/btowc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}

331
lib/c++defs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
is to be used when func is a Microsoft deprecated alias, on native Windows.
It declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to _func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
*/
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */

21
lib/c-ctype.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* Character handling in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2003-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
#include "c-ctype.h"

366
lib/c-ctype.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
/* Character handling in C locale.
These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
<ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
setlocale.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
#define C_CTYPE_H
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#error "Please include config.h first."
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
#ifndef C_CTYPE_INLINE
# define C_CTYPE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. */
#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
&& ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
&& (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
&& ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
&& ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
&& ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
&& ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
&& ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
&& ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
&& ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
&& ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
&& ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
&& ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
&& ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
&& ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
&& ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
&& ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
&& ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
&& ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
&& ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
&& ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
&& ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
&& ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant. */
# define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
#elif ! (' ' == '\x40' && '0' == '\xf0' \
&& 'A' == '\xc1' && 'J' == '\xd1' && 'S' == '\xe2' \
&& 'a' == '\x81' && 'j' == '\x91' && 's' == '\xa2')
# error "Only ASCII and EBCDIC are supported"
#endif
#if 'A' < 0
# error "EBCDIC and char is signed -- not supported"
#endif
/* Cases for control characters. */
#define _C_CTYPE_CNTRL \
case '\a': case '\b': case '\f': case '\n': \
case '\r': case '\t': case '\v': \
_C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL
/* ASCII control characters other than those with \-letter escapes. */
#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x04': case '\x05': case '\x06': case '\x0e': \
case '\x0f': case '\x10': case '\x11': case '\x12': \
case '\x13': case '\x14': case '\x15': case '\x16': \
case '\x17': case '\x18': case '\x19': case '\x1a': \
case '\x1b': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x7f'
#else
/* Use EBCDIC code page 1047's assignments for ASCII control chars;
assume all EBCDIC code pages agree about these assignments. */
# define _C_CTYPE_OTHER_CNTRL \
case '\x00': case '\x01': case '\x02': case '\x03': \
case '\x07': case '\x0e': case '\x0f': case '\x10': \
case '\x11': case '\x12': case '\x13': case '\x18': \
case '\x19': case '\x1c': case '\x1d': case '\x1e': \
case '\x1f': case '\x26': case '\x27': case '\x2d': \
case '\x2e': case '\x32': case '\x37': case '\x3c': \
case '\x3d': case '\x3f'
#endif
/* Cases for lowercase hex letters, and lowercase letters, all offset by N. */
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N) \
case 'a' + (N): case 'b' + (N): case 'c' + (N): case 'd' + (N): \
case 'e' + (N): case 'f' + (N)
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N(N) \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N(N): \
case 'g' + (N): case 'h' + (N): case 'i' + (N): case 'j' + (N): \
case 'k' + (N): case 'l' + (N): case 'm' + (N): case 'n' + (N): \
case 'o' + (N): case 'p' + (N): case 'q' + (N): case 'r' + (N): \
case 's' + (N): case 't' + (N): case 'u' + (N): case 'v' + (N): \
case 'w' + (N): case 'x' + (N): case 'y' + (N): case 'z' + (N)
/* Cases for hex letters, digits, lower, punct, and upper. */
#define _C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N (0): \
_C_CTYPE_LOWER_A_THRU_F_N ('A' - 'a')
#define _C_CTYPE_DIGIT \
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': \
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': \
case '8': case '9'
#define _C_CTYPE_LOWER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N (0)
#define _C_CTYPE_PUNCT \
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': \
case '%': case '&': case '\'': case '(': \
case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',': \
case '-': case '.': case '/': case ':': \
case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': \
case '?': case '@': case '[': case '\\': \
case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`': \
case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~'
#define _C_CTYPE_UPPER _C_CTYPE_LOWER_N ('A' - 'a')
/* Function definitions. */
/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range. In other words,
when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
argument to a <ctype.h> function:
const char *s = ...;
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
const char *s = ...;
if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
*/
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalnum (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isalpha (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/* The function isascii is not locale dependent.
Its use in EBCDIC is questionable. */
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isascii (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isblank (int c)
{
return c == ' ' || c == '\t';
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_iscntrl (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_CNTRL:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isgraph (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_islower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isprint (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ':
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_ispunct (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_PUNCT:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isspace (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\v': case '\f': case '\r':
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE bool
c_isxdigit (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_DIGIT:
_C_CTYPE_A_THRU_F:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_tolower (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_UPPER:
return c - 'A' + 'a';
default:
return c;
}
}
C_CTYPE_INLINE int
c_toupper (int c)
{
switch (c)
{
_C_CTYPE_LOWER:
return c - 'a' + 'A';
default:
return c;
}
}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */

56
lib/c-strcase.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2022 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
#define C_STRCASE_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
characters. More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
the comparison result will be nonzero). */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
than S2. */
extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */
extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */

56
lib/c-strcasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
}

181
lib/c-strcaseeq.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include "c-ctype.h"
/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
is semantically equivalent to
c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
just faster. */
/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
immediate strings. */
#if (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__) && defined __OPTIMIZE__
/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters. */
# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
# else
# define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
(c_toupper (other) == (upper))
# endif
static inline int
strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
{
return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
{
if (s28 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
{
if (s27 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
{
if (s26 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
{
if (s25 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
{
if (s24 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
{
if (s23 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
{
if (s22 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
{
if (s21 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
static inline int
strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
{
if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
{
if (s20 == 0)
return 1;
else
return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
}
else
return 0;
}
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
#else
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
(c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#endif

56
lib/c-strncasecmp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "c-strcase.h"
#include <limits.h>
#include "c-ctype.h"
int
c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
return 0;
do
{
c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
return c1 - c2;
else
/* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
doesn't fit in an 'int'. */
return _GL_CMP (c1, c2);
}

55
lib/calloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
/* calloc() function that is glibc compatible.
This wrapper function is required at least on Tru64 UNIX 5.1 and mingw.
Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
/* Call the system's calloc below. */
#undef calloc
/* Allocate and zero-fill an NxS-byte block of memory from the heap,
even if N or S is zero. */
void *
rpl_calloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
if (n == 0 || s == 0)
n = s = 1;
if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
void *result = calloc (n, s);
#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
if (result == NULL)
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
return result;
}

472
lib/canonicalize-lgpl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc
optimizes away the name == NULL test below. */
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# include <libc-config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <eloop-threshold.h>
#include <filename.h>
#include <idx.h>
#include <intprops.h>
#include <scratch_buffer.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# define GCC_LINT 1
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __canonicalize_file_name canonicalize_file_name
# define __realpath realpath
# include "pathmax.h"
# define __faccessat faccessat
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# define __getcwd _getcwd
# elif HAVE_GETCWD
# if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
/* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's getcwd
function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
*/
# undef getcwd
# endif
# if defined VMS && !defined getcwd
/* We want the directory in Unix syntax, not in VMS syntax.
The gnulib override of 'getcwd' takes 2 arguments; the original VMS
'getcwd' takes 3 arguments. */
# define __getcwd(buf, max) getcwd (buf, max, 0)
# else
# define __getcwd getcwd
# endif
# else
# define __getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
# endif
# define __mempcpy mempcpy
# define __pathconf pathconf
# define __rawmemchr rawmemchr
# define __readlink readlink
# if IN_RELOCWRAPPER
/* When building the relocatable program wrapper, use the system's memmove
function, not the gnulib override, otherwise we would get a link error.
*/
# undef memmove
# endif
#endif
/* Suppress bogus GCC -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings. */
#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
#else
# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT false
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS
/* Return true if FILE's existence can be shown, false (setting errno)
otherwise. Follow symbolic links. */
static bool
file_accessible (char const *file)
{
# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_FACCESSAT
return __faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0;
# else
struct stat st;
return stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW;
# endif
}
/* True if concatenating END as a suffix to a file name means that the
code needs to check that the file name is that of a searchable
directory, since the canonicalize_filename_mode_stk code won't
check this later anyway when it checks an ordinary file name
component within END. END must either be empty, or start with a
slash. */
static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
suffix_requires_dir_check (char const *end)
{
/* If END does not start with a slash, the suffix is OK. */
while (ISSLASH (*end))
{
/* Two or more slashes act like a single slash. */
do
end++;
while (ISSLASH (*end));
switch (*end++)
{
default: return false; /* An ordinary file name component is OK. */
case '\0': return true; /* Trailing "/" is trouble. */
case '.': break; /* Possibly "." or "..". */
}
/* Trailing "/.", or "/.." even if not trailing, is trouble. */
if (!*end || (*end == '.' && (!end[1] || ISSLASH (end[1]))))
return true;
}
return false;
}
/* Append this to a file name to test whether it is a searchable directory.
On POSIX platforms "/" suffices, but "/./" is sometimes needed on
macOS 10.13 <https://bugs.gnu.org/30350>, and should also work on
platforms like AIX 7.2 that need at least "/.". */
# if defined _LIBC || defined LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
static char const dir_suffix[] = "/";
# else
static char const dir_suffix[] = "/./";
# endif
/* Return true if DIR is a searchable dir, false (setting errno) otherwise.
DIREND points to the NUL byte at the end of the DIR string.
Store garbage into DIREND[0 .. strlen (dir_suffix)]. */
static bool
dir_check (char *dir, char *dirend)
{
strcpy (dirend, dir_suffix);
return file_accessible (dir);
}
static idx_t
get_path_max (void)
{
# ifdef PATH_MAX
long int path_max = PATH_MAX;
# else
/* The caller invoked realpath with a null RESOLVED, even though
PATH_MAX is not defined as a constant. The glibc manual says
programs should not do this, and POSIX says the behavior is undefined.
Historically, glibc here used the result of pathconf, or 1024 if that
failed; stay consistent with this (dubious) historical practice. */
int err = errno;
long int path_max = __pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX);
__set_errno (err);
# endif
return path_max < 0 ? 1024 : path_max <= IDX_MAX ? path_max : IDX_MAX;
}
/* Act like __realpath (see below), with an additional argument
rname_buf that can be used as temporary storage.
If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
-Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about. See:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
broken GCC versions. */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
# define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
# endif
# endif
static char *
realpath_stk (const char *name, char *resolved,
struct scratch_buffer *rname_buf)
{
char *dest;
char const *start;
char const *end;
int num_links = 0;
if (name == NULL)
{
/* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
either parameter is a null pointer. We extend this to allow
the RESOLVED parameter to be NULL in case the we are expected to
allocate the room for the return value. */
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
if (name[0] == '\0')
{
/* As per Single Unix Specification V2 we must return an error if
the name argument points to an empty string. */
__set_errno (ENOENT);
return NULL;
}
struct scratch_buffer extra_buffer, link_buffer;
scratch_buffer_init (&extra_buffer);
scratch_buffer_init (&link_buffer);
scratch_buffer_init (rname_buf);
char *rname_on_stack = rname_buf->data;
char *rname = rname_on_stack;
bool end_in_extra_buffer = false;
bool failed = true;
/* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names. */
idx_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
{
while (!__getcwd (rname, rname_buf->length))
{
if (errno != ERANGE)
{
dest = rname;
goto error;
}
if (!scratch_buffer_grow (rname_buf))
goto error_nomem;
rname = rname_buf->data;
}
dest = __rawmemchr (rname, '\0');
start = name;
prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
}
else
{
dest = __mempcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
*dest++ = '/';
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (prefix_len == 0 /* implies ISSLASH (name[0]) */
&& ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]))
*dest++ = '/';
*dest = '\0';
}
start = name + prefix_len;
}
for ( ; *start; start = end)
{
/* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators. */
while (ISSLASH (*start))
++start;
/* Find end of component. */
for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
/* Nothing. */;
/* Length of this file name component; it can be zero if a file
name ends in '/'. */
idx_t startlen = end - start;
if (startlen == 0)
break;
else if (startlen == 1 && start[0] == '.')
/* nothing */;
else if (startlen == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
}
else
{
if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
*dest++ = '/';
while (rname + rname_buf->length - dest
< startlen + sizeof dir_suffix)
{
idx_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (rname_buf))
goto error_nomem;
rname = rname_buf->data;
dest = rname + dest_offset;
}
dest = __mempcpy (dest, start, startlen);
*dest = '\0';
char *buf;
ssize_t n;
while (true)
{
buf = link_buffer.data;
idx_t bufsize = link_buffer.length;
n = __readlink (rname, buf, bufsize - 1);
if (n < bufsize - 1)
break;
if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&link_buffer))
goto error_nomem;
}
if (0 <= n)
{
if (++num_links > __eloop_threshold ())
{
__set_errno (ELOOP);
goto error;
}
buf[n] = '\0';
char *extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
idx_t end_idx IF_LINT (= 0);
if (end_in_extra_buffer)
end_idx = end - extra_buf;
size_t len = strlen (end);
if (INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (len, n))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
goto error_nomem;
}
while (extra_buffer.length <= len + n)
{
if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&extra_buffer))
goto error_nomem;
extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
}
if (end_in_extra_buffer)
end = extra_buf + end_idx;
/* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
end_in_extra_buffer = true;
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
{
idx_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
dest = __mempcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
*dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
*dest++ = '/';
*dest = '\0';
}
/* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter. */
prefix_len = pfxlen;
}
else
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
already: */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
dest++;
}
}
else if (! (suffix_requires_dir_check (end)
? dir_check (rname, dest)
: errno == EINVAL))
goto error;
}
}
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
--dest;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
failed = false;
error:
*dest++ = '\0';
if (resolved != NULL && dest - rname <= get_path_max ())
rname = strcpy (resolved, rname);
error_nomem:
scratch_buffer_free (&extra_buffer);
scratch_buffer_free (&link_buffer);
if (failed || rname == resolved)
{
scratch_buffer_free (rname_buf);
return failed ? NULL : resolved;
}
return scratch_buffer_dupfree (rname_buf, dest - rname);
}
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or symlinks. All file name components must exist. If
RESOLVED is null, the result is malloc'd; otherwise, if the
canonical name is PATH_MAX chars or more, returns null with 'errno'
set to ENAMETOOLONG; if the name fits in fewer than PATH_MAX chars,
returns the name in RESOLVED. If the name cannot be resolved and
RESOLVED is non-NULL, it contains the name of the first component
that cannot be resolved. If the name can be resolved, RESOLVED
holds the same value as the value returned. */
char *
__realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
{
#ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
#warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
#warning "See <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644>."
#endif
struct scratch_buffer rname_buffer;
return realpath_stk (name, resolved, &rname_buffer);
}
libc_hidden_def (__realpath)
versioned_symbol (libc, __realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_3);
#endif /* defined _LIBC || !FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS */
#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
char *
attribute_compat_text_section
__old_realpath (const char *name, char *resolved)
{
if (resolved == NULL)
{
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return __realpath (name, resolved);
}
compat_symbol (libc, __old_realpath, realpath, GLIBC_2_0);
#endif
char *
__canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
{
return __realpath (name, NULL);
}
weak_alias (__canonicalize_file_name, canonicalize_file_name)

489
lib/canonicalize.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "canonicalize.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <filename.h>
#include <idx.h>
#include <intprops.h>
#include <scratch_buffer.h>
#include "attribute.h"
#include "file-set.h"
#include "hash-triple.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Suppress bogus GCC -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings. */
#if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
#else
# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT false
#endif
#if ISSLASH ('\\')
# define SLASHES "/\\"
#else
# define SLASHES "/"
#endif
/* Return true if FILE's existence can be shown, false (setting errno)
otherwise. Follow symbolic links. */
static bool
file_accessible (char const *file)
{
# if HAVE_FACCESSAT
return faccessat (AT_FDCWD, file, F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0;
# else
struct stat st;
return stat (file, &st) == 0 || errno == EOVERFLOW;
# endif
}
/* True if concatenating END as a suffix to a file name means that the
code needs to check that the file name is that of a searchable
directory, since the canonicalize_filename_mode_stk code won't
check this later anyway when it checks an ordinary file name
component within END. END must either be empty, or start with a
slash. */
static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
suffix_requires_dir_check (char const *end)
{
/* If END does not start with a slash, the suffix is OK. */
while (ISSLASH (*end))
{
/* Two or more slashes act like a single slash. */
do
end++;
while (ISSLASH (*end));
switch (*end++)
{
default: return false; /* An ordinary file name component is OK. */
case '\0': return true; /* Trailing "/" is trouble. */
case '.': break; /* Possibly "." or "..". */
}
/* Trailing "/.", or "/.." even if not trailing, is trouble. */
if (!*end || (*end == '.' && (!end[1] || ISSLASH (end[1]))))
return true;
}
return false;
}
/* Append this to a file name to test whether it is a searchable directory.
On POSIX platforms "/" suffices, but "/./" is sometimes needed on
macOS 10.13 <https://bugs.gnu.org/30350>, and should also work on
platforms like AIX 7.2 that need at least "/.". */
#ifdef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
static char const dir_suffix[] = "/";
#else
static char const dir_suffix[] = "/./";
#endif
/* Return true if DIR is a searchable dir, false (setting errno) otherwise.
DIREND points to the NUL byte at the end of the DIR string.
Store garbage into DIREND[0 .. strlen (dir_suffix)]. */
static bool
dir_check (char *dir, char *dirend)
{
strcpy (dirend, dir_suffix);
return file_accessible (dir);
}
#if !((HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME && FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS) \
|| GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL)
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME. A canonical name
does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or symlinks. All components must exist.
The result is malloc'd. */
char *
canonicalize_file_name (const char *name)
{
return canonicalize_filename_mode (name, CAN_EXISTING);
}
#endif /* !HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME */
static bool
multiple_bits_set (canonicalize_mode_t i)
{
return (i & (i - 1)) != 0;
}
/* Return true if we've already seen the triple, <FILENAME, dev, ino>.
If *HT is not initialized, initialize it. */
static bool
seen_triple (Hash_table **ht, char const *filename, struct stat const *st)
{
if (*ht == NULL)
{
idx_t initial_capacity = 7;
*ht = hash_initialize (initial_capacity,
NULL,
triple_hash,
triple_compare_ino_str,
triple_free);
if (*ht == NULL)
xalloc_die ();
}
if (seen_file (*ht, filename, st))
return true;
record_file (*ht, filename, st);
return false;
}
/* Act like canonicalize_filename_mode (see below), with an additional argument
rname_buf that can be used as temporary storage.
If GCC_LINT is defined, do not inline this function with GCC 10.1
and later, to avoid creating a pointer to the stack that GCC
-Wreturn-local-addr incorrectly complains about. See:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644
Although the noinline attribute can hurt performance a bit, no better way
to pacify GCC is known; even an explicit #pragma does not pacify GCC.
When the GCC bug is fixed this workaround should be limited to the
broken GCC versions. */
#if _GL_GNUC_PREREQ (10, 1)
# if defined GCC_LINT || defined lint
__attribute__ ((__noinline__))
# elif __OPTIMIZE__ && !__NO_INLINE__
# define GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
# endif
#endif
static char *
canonicalize_filename_mode_stk (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode,
struct scratch_buffer *rname_buf)
{
char *dest;
char const *start;
char const *end;
Hash_table *ht = NULL;
bool logical = (can_mode & CAN_NOLINKS) != 0;
int num_links = 0;
canonicalize_mode_t can_exist = can_mode & CAN_MODE_MASK;
if (multiple_bits_set (can_exist))
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
if (name == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
if (name[0] == '\0')
{
errno = ENOENT;
return NULL;
}
struct scratch_buffer extra_buffer, link_buffer;
scratch_buffer_init (&extra_buffer);
scratch_buffer_init (&link_buffer);
scratch_buffer_init (rname_buf);
char *rname_on_stack = rname_buf->data;
char *rname = rname_on_stack;
bool end_in_extra_buffer = false;
bool failed = true;
/* This is always zero for Posix hosts, but can be 2 for MS-Windows
and MS-DOS X:/foo/bar file names. */
idx_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (name))
{
while (!getcwd (rname, rname_buf->length))
{
switch (errno)
{
case ERANGE:
if (scratch_buffer_grow (rname_buf))
break;
FALLTHROUGH;
case ENOMEM:
xalloc_die ();
default:
dest = rname;
goto error;
}
rname = rname_buf->data;
}
dest = rawmemchr (rname, '\0');
start = name;
prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (rname);
}
else
{
dest = mempcpy (rname, name, prefix_len);
*dest++ = '/';
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (prefix_len == 0 /* implies ISSLASH (name[0]) */
&& ISSLASH (name[1]) && !ISSLASH (name[2]))
{
*dest++ = '/';
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
/* For UNC file names '\\server\path\to\file', extend the prefix
to include the server: '\\server\'. */
{
idx_t i;
for (i = 2; name[i] != '\0' && !ISSLASH (name[i]); )
i++;
if (name[i] != '\0' /* implies ISSLASH (name[i]) */
&& i + 1 < rname_buf->length)
{
prefix_len = i;
memcpy (dest, name + 2, i - 2 + 1);
dest += i - 2 + 1;
}
else
{
/* Either name = '\\server'; this is an invalid file name.
Or name = '\\server\...' and server is more than
rname_buf->length - 4 bytes long. In either
case, stop the UNC processing. */
}
}
#endif
}
*dest = '\0';
}
start = name + prefix_len;
}
for ( ; *start; start = end)
{
/* Skip sequence of multiple file name separators. */
while (ISSLASH (*start))
++start;
/* Find end of component. */
for (end = start; *end && !ISSLASH (*end); ++end)
/* Nothing. */;
/* Length of this file name component; it can be zero if a file
name ends in '/'. */
idx_t startlen = end - start;
if (startlen == 0)
break;
else if (startlen == 1 && start[0] == '.')
/* nothing */;
else if (startlen == 2 && start[0] == '.' && start[1] == '.')
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root already. */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
}
else
{
if (!ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
*dest++ = '/';
while (rname + rname_buf->length - dest
< startlen + sizeof dir_suffix)
{
idx_t dest_offset = dest - rname;
if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (rname_buf))
xalloc_die ();
rname = rname_buf->data;
dest = rname + dest_offset;
}
dest = mempcpy (dest, start, startlen);
*dest = '\0';
char *buf;
ssize_t n = -1;
if (!logical)
{
while (true)
{
buf = link_buffer.data;
idx_t bufsize = link_buffer.length;
n = readlink (rname, buf, bufsize - 1);
if (n < bufsize - 1)
break;
if (!scratch_buffer_grow (&link_buffer))
xalloc_die ();
}
}
if (0 <= n)
{
/* A physical traversal and RNAME is a symbolic link. */
if (num_links < 20)
num_links++;
else if (*start)
{
/* Enough symlinks have been seen that it is time to
worry about being in a symlink cycle.
Get the device and inode of the parent directory, as
pre-2017 POSIX says this info is not reliable for
symlinks. */
struct stat st;
dest[- startlen] = '\0';
if (stat (*rname ? rname : ".", &st) != 0)
goto error;
dest[- startlen] = *start;
/* Detect loops. We cannot use the cycle-check module here,
since it's possible to encounter the same parent
directory more than once in a given traversal. However,
encountering the same (parentdir, START) pair twice does
indicate a loop. */
if (seen_triple (&ht, start, &st))
{
if (can_exist == CAN_MISSING)
continue;
errno = ELOOP;
goto error;
}
}
buf[n] = '\0';
char *extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
idx_t end_idx IF_LINT (= 0);
if (end_in_extra_buffer)
end_idx = end - extra_buf;
size_t len = strlen (end);
if (INT_ADD_OVERFLOW (len, n))
xalloc_die ();
while (extra_buffer.length <= len + n)
{
if (!scratch_buffer_grow_preserve (&extra_buffer))
xalloc_die ();
extra_buf = extra_buffer.data;
}
if (end_in_extra_buffer)
end = extra_buf + end_idx;
/* Careful here, end may be a pointer into extra_buf... */
memmove (&extra_buf[n], end, len + 1);
name = end = memcpy (extra_buf, buf, n);
end_in_extra_buffer = true;
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (buf))
{
idx_t pfxlen = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (buf);
dest = mempcpy (rname, buf, pfxlen);
*dest++ = '/'; /* It's an absolute symlink */
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT)
{
if (ISSLASH (buf[1]) && !ISSLASH (buf[2]) && !pfxlen)
*dest++ = '/';
*dest = '\0';
}
/* Install the new prefix to be in effect hereafter. */
prefix_len = pfxlen;
}
else
{
/* Back up to previous component, ignore if at root
already: */
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1)
for (--dest; dest > rname && !ISSLASH (dest[-1]); --dest)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]) && !prefix_len)
dest++;
}
}
else if (! (can_exist == CAN_MISSING
|| (suffix_requires_dir_check (end)
? dir_check (rname, dest)
: !logical
? errno == EINVAL
: *end || file_accessible (rname))
|| (can_exist == CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST
&& errno == ENOENT
&& !end[strspn (end, SLASHES)])))
goto error;
}
}
if (dest > rname + prefix_len + 1 && ISSLASH (dest[-1]))
--dest;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && dest == rname + 1 && !prefix_len
&& ISSLASH (*dest) && !ISSLASH (dest[1]))
dest++;
failed = false;
error:
if (ht)
hash_free (ht);
scratch_buffer_free (&extra_buffer);
scratch_buffer_free (&link_buffer);
if (failed)
{
scratch_buffer_free (rname_buf);
return NULL;
}
*dest++ = '\0';
char *result = scratch_buffer_dupfree (rname_buf, dest - rname);
if (!result)
xalloc_die ();
return result;
}
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name
does not contain any ".", ".." components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
The result is malloc'd. */
char *
canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *name, canonicalize_mode_t can_mode)
{
#ifdef GCC_BOGUS_WRETURN_LOCAL_ADDR
#warning "GCC might issue a bogus -Wreturn-local-addr warning here."
#warning "See <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=93644>."
#endif
struct scratch_buffer rname_buffer;
return canonicalize_filename_mode_stk (name, can_mode, &rname_buffer);
}

58
lib/canonicalize.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* Return the canonical absolute name of a given file.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef CANONICALIZE_H_
# define CANONICALIZE_H_
#include <stdlib.h> /* for canonicalize_file_name */
#define CAN_MODE_MASK (CAN_EXISTING | CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST | CAN_MISSING)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
enum canonicalize_mode_t
{
/* All components must exist. */
CAN_EXISTING = 0,
/* All components excluding last one must exist. */
CAN_ALL_BUT_LAST = 1,
/* No requirements on components existence. */
CAN_MISSING = 2,
/* Don't expand symlinks. */
CAN_NOLINKS = 4
};
typedef enum canonicalize_mode_t canonicalize_mode_t;
/* Return the canonical absolute name of file NAME, while treating
missing elements according to CAN_MODE. A canonical name
does not contain any `.', `..' components nor any repeated file name
separators ('/') or, depending on other CAN_MODE flags, symlinks.
Whether components must exist or not depends on canonicalize mode.
The result is malloc'd.
Upon failure, return NULL with errno set. */
char *canonicalize_filename_mode (const char *, canonicalize_mode_t)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* !CANONICALIZE_H_ */

707
lib/cdefs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright The GNU Toolchain Authors.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H
#define _SYS_CDEFS_H 1
/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
#ifndef _FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
of ISO C compilers anymore. Check for some of the combinations not
supported anymore. */
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
#endif
/* Some user header file might have defined this before. */
#undef __P
#undef __PMT
/* Compilers that lack __has_attribute may object to
#if defined __has_attribute && __has_attribute (...)
even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.
Similarly for __has_builtin, etc. */
#if (defined __has_attribute \
&& (!defined __clang_minor__ \
|| (defined __apple_build_version__ \
? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
: 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
#else
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_builtin
# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) __has_builtin (name)
#else
# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_extension
# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
#else
# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) 0
#endif
#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
synchronize memory, are leaf functions. */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
# define __LEAF , __leaf__
# define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
# else
# define __LEAF
# define __LEAF_ATTR
# endif
/* GCC can always grok prototypes. For C++ programs we add throw()
to help it optimize the function calls. But this only works with
gcc 2.8.x and egcs. For gcc 3.4 and up we even mark C functions
as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
the -fexceptions options for C code as well. */
# if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nothrow__))
# define __THROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
# define __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
# define __NTH(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
# else
# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major >= 4)
# if __cplusplus >= 201103L
# define __THROW noexcept (true)
# else
# define __THROW throw ()
# endif
# define __THROWNL __THROW
# define __NTH(fct) __LEAF_ATTR fct __THROW
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct __THROW
# else
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct
# endif
# endif
#else /* Not GCC or clang. */
# if (defined __cplusplus \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
# define __inline inline
# else
# define __inline /* No inline functions. */
# endif
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
#endif /* GCC || clang. */
/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore. They are kept here
only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined. */
#define __P(args) args
#define __PMT(args) args
/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
and the non-ANSI way under -traditional. */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing. */
#define __ptr_t void *
/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# define __END_DECLS }
#else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS
# define __END_DECLS
#endif
/* Fortify support. */
#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available. */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0) \
|| __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
#else
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
#endif
/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
variants. These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
away. */
#define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
#define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1 \
|| (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))
/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true. The -1 check is
redundant because since it implies that __glibc_safe_len_cond is true. */
#define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
(__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
&& __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
__s, __osz)) \
&& __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
__L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
false. */
#define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
(__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
&& __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
__s, __osz)) \
&& !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
/* Fortify function f. __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
declared. */
#define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
(__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
: (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz) \
: __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz))) \
/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
elements and not total size. */
#define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
(__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
: (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)) \
: __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)))) \
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
#else
# define __warnattr(msg)
# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
#endif
/* Support for flexible arrays.
Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
(e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available. */
#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || defined __clang__
/* GCC 2.97 and clang support C99 flexible array members as an extension,
even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version). */
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif defined __GNUC__
/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
an equivalent extension with slightly different notation. */
# define __flexarr [0]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. Approximate with [1]. */
# define __flexarr [1]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
#endif
/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
at the assembly language level. This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
way. When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
semantics, but it's the best we can do).
Example:
int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
#if (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# else
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
# endif
# define __ASMNAME(cname) __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
/*
#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
*/
#endif
/* GCC and clang have various useful declarations that can be made with
the '__attribute__' syntax. All of the ways we use this do fine if
they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
# define __attribute__(xyz) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__malloc__)
# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
indicate the size of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which argument to an allocation function
indicates the alignment of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__alloc_align__)
# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_align__ param))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__pure__)
# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5) || __glibc_has_attribute (__const__)
# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,7) || __glibc_has_attribute (__unused__)
# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#else
# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __glibc_has_attribute (__used__)
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#else
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__deprecated__)
# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
when a deprecated function is used. clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
may also support this feature. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) \
|| __glibc_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
__attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored. In newer gccs,
all designated arguments are considered. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format_arg__)
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
attribute for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it
unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format__)
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
must not be NULL. This has the name __nonnull in glibc,
and __attribute_nonnull__ in files shared with Gnulib to avoid
collision with a different __nonnull in DragonFlyBSD 5.9. */
#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nonnull__)
# define __attribute_nonnull__(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define __attribute_nonnull__(params)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __nonnull
# define __nonnull(params) __attribute_nonnull__ (params)
#endif
/* The returns_nonnull function attribute marks the return type of the function
as always being non-null. */
#ifndef __returns_nonnull
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__returns_nonnull__)
# define __returns_nonnull __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
# else
# define __returns_nonnull
# endif
#endif
/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
function calls which can lead to problems. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__warn_unused_result__)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
# define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# endif
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef __wur
# define __wur /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Forces a function to be always inlined. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__always_inline__)
/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
it conflicts with this definition. Therefore undefine it first to
allow either header to be included first. */
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
#else
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline
#endif
/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
than with the source location inside the function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__artificial__)
# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
#else
# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
semantics.
clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions. */
#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
|| (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
|| defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
# define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# define __extern_always_inline \
extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define __extern_inline extern __inline
# define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __extern_always_inline
# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
__extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
#endif
/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
`__extension__' keyword. But this is not generally available before
version 2.8. */
#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || defined __clang__)
# define __extension__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above, and in clang.
It works also in C++ mode (outside of arrays), but only when spelled
as '__restrict', not 'restrict'. */
#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92) || __clang_major__ >= 3)
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict /* Ignore */
# endif
#endif
/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping. The syntax is
array_name[restrict]
GCC 3.1 and clang support this.
This syntax is not usable in C++ mode. */
#if (__GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __clang_major__ >= 3) && !defined __cplusplus
# define __restrict_arr __restrict
#else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported in old GCC. */
# else
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict_arr restrict
# else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. */
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported. */
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || __glibc_has_builtin (__builtin_expect)
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
#else
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) (cond)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) (cond)
#endif
#if (!defined _Noreturn \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7) \
|| (3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
a NUL-terminated string. */
# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
#else
# define __attribute_nonstring__
#endif
/* Undefine (also defined in libc-symbols.h). */
#undef __attribute_copy__
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (9, 0)
/* Copies attributes from the declaration or type referenced by
the argument. */
# define __attribute_copy__(arg) __attribute__ ((__copy__ (arg)))
#else
# define __attribute_copy__(arg)
#endif
#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& (!(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || __clang_major__ >= 4) \
|| defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
[!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
#endif
/* Gnulib avoids including these, as they don't work on non-glibc or
older glibc platforms. */
#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
# include <bits/wordsize.h>
# include <bits/long-double.h>
#endif
#if __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
/* Alias name defined automatically. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
/* Alias name defined automatically, with leading underscores. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (__##name) __##name \
__asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
/* Alias name defined manually. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) ... unused__ldbl_redir1
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __##alias##ieee128)
/* Unused. */
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) ... unused__redirect_ldbl
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir_nth
# else
_Static_assert (0, "IEEE 128-bits long double requires redirection on this platform");
# endif
#elif defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (__##name) __##name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl___" #name));
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# endif
#endif
#if (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT && __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 0) \
|| !defined __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# endif
#endif
/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE. This is
intended for use in preprocessor macros.
Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
literals is not supported. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
__glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
#else
# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
#endif
/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
since version 4.9. Previous versions do not provide generic
selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
when in -std=c11 mode. Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
check is required to enable the use of generic selection. */
#if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
|| __glibc_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
&& __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
#else
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 0)
/* Designates a 1-based positional argument ref-index of pointer type
that can be used to access size-index elements of the pointed-to
array according to access mode, or at least one element when
size-index is not provided:
access (access-mode, <ref-index> [, <size-index>]) */
# define __attr_access(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
/* For _FORTIFY_SOURCE == 3 we use __builtin_dynamic_object_size, which may
use the access attribute to get object sizes from function definition
arguments, so we can't use them on functions we fortify. Drop the object
size hints for such functions. */
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attribute__ ((__access__ (a, o)))
# else
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attr_access ((a, o, s))
# endif
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
# define __attr_access_none(argno) __attribute__ ((__access__ (__none__, argno)))
# else
# define __attr_access_none(argno)
# endif
#else
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s)
# define __attr_access(x)
# define __attr_access_none(argno)
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
/* Designates dealloc as a function to call to deallocate objects
allocated by the declared function. */
# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno) \
__attribute__ ((__malloc__ (dealloc, argno)))
# define __attr_dealloc_free __attr_dealloc (__builtin_free, 1)
#else
# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno)
# define __attr_dealloc_free
#endif
/* Specify that a function such as setjmp or vfork may return
twice. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
# define __attribute_returns_twice__ __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
#else
# define __attribute_returns_twice__ /* Ignore. */
#endif
#endif /* sys/cdefs.h */

264
lib/chdir-long.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "chdir-long.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "assure.h"
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX"
#endif
/* The results of openat() in this file are not leaked to any
single-threaded code that could use stdio.
FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for
avoiding standard fds, then we should use openat_safer. */
struct cd_buf
{
int fd;
};
static void
cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb)
{
cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD;
}
static int
cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
return fchdir (cdb->fd);
}
static void
cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
if (0 <= cdb->fd)
{
bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd);
assure (! close_fail);
}
}
/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd,
try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR. If the open succeeds,
update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file
descriptor, and return zero. Upon failure, return -1 and set errno. */
static int
cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir)
{
int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir,
O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK);
if (new_fd < 0)
return -1;
cdb_free (cdb);
cdb->fd = new_fd;
return 0;
}
/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S. */
static char * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
find_non_slash (char const *s)
{
size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/");
return (char *) s + n_slash;
}
/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation
on the length of the directory name. A significant difference is that
it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory
name. It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating
on manageable portions of the name. On systems without the openat
syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more
"distant" points along the long directory name and then restoring
the working directory. If any of those attempts to save or restore
the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero.
Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but
only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long
enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component
has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX). */
int
chdir_long (char *dir)
{
int e = chdir (dir);
if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG)
return e;
{
size_t len = strlen (dir);
char *dir_end = dir + len;
struct cd_buf cdb;
size_t n_leading_slash;
cdb_init (&cdb);
/* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above
must have failed and set errno to ENOENT. */
assure (0 < len);
assure (PATH_MAX <= len);
/* Count leading slashes. */
n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/");
/* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches
the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! . Handling this
prefix separately usually results in a single additional
cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the
code in the following loop cleaner. */
if (n_leading_slash == 2)
{
int err;
/* Find next slash.
We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'. */
char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3));
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
else if (n_leading_slash)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0)
goto Fail;
dir += n_leading_slash;
}
assure (*dir != '/');
assure (dir <= dir_end);
while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir)
{
int err;
/* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir.
I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of
length PATH_MAX-1 or less. */
char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX);
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
assure (slash - dir < PATH_MAX);
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
if (dir < dir_end)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0)
goto Fail;
}
if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0)
goto Fail;
cdb_free (&cdb);
return 0;
Fail:
{
int saved_errno = errno;
cdb_free (&cdb);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
}
}
#if TEST_CHDIR
# include "closeout.h"
# include "error.h"
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
char *line = NULL;
size_t n = 0;
int len;
atexit (close_stdout);
len = getline (&line, &n, stdin);
if (len < 0)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
if (feof (stdin))
exit (0);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno,
"reading standard input");
}
else if (len == 0)
exit (0);
if (line[len-1] == '\n')
line[len-1] = '\0';
if (chdir_long (line) != 0)
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
"chdir_long failed: %s", line);
if (argc <= 1)
{
/* Using 'pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation,
like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes. */
char const *cmd = "pwd";
execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd);
}
fclose (stdin);
fclose (stderr);
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
}
#endif
/*
Local Variables:
compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a"
End:
*/

30
lib/chdir-long.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "pathmax.h"
/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts
arbitrarily long directory names. */
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir)
#else
int chdir_long (char *dir);
#endif

83
lib/cloexec.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */
#include <config.h>
#include "cloexec.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int
set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
{
#ifdef F_SETFD
int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
if (0 <= flags)
{
int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
if (flags == newflags
|| fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
return 0;
}
return -1;
#else /* !F_SETFD */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
will be unaffected. */
if (desc < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
/* errno is EBADF here. */
return -1;
/* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */
return 0;
#endif /* !F_SETFD */
}
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int
dup_cloexec (int fd)
{
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
}

36
lib/cloexec.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <stdbool.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int dup_cloexec (int fd);

78
lib/close-stream.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "close-stream.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "fpending.h"
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
/* Close STREAM. Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
otherwise. A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
cannot be determined.
A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
situation worth signaling to the user. See the documentation of the
close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting. Otherwise,
suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM. The last
printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
when it tries to write out that buffered data. Thus, you would be
left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
exit successfully. Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
until an actual close call.
Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
the failure. That's what the ferror test is checking below. */
int
close_stream (FILE *stream)
{
const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
/* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
fclose failed with EBADF. That can happen when a program like cp
is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
and nothing to be flushed). */
if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
{
if (! fclose_fail)
errno = 0;
return EOF;
}
return 0;
}

20
lib/close-stream.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <stdio.h>
int close_stream (FILE *stream);

75
lib/close.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* close replacement.
Copyright (C) 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "fd-hook.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
#endif
#undef close
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
close_nothrow (int fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = _close (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
errno = EBADF;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
# else
# define close_nothrow _close
# endif
#else
# define close_nothrow close
#endif
/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */
int
rpl_close (int fd)
{
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
#else
int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

71
lib/closedir.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* Stop reading the entries of a directory.
Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <dirent.h>
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
/* Override closedir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors.
Needed because there is a function dirfd(). */
#else
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "dirent-private.h"
#endif
int
closedir (DIR *dirp)
{
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR || REPLACE_DIRFD
int fd = dirfd (dirp);
# endif
int retval;
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
# undef closedir
retval = closedir (dirp);
# ifdef __KLIBC__
if (!retval)
_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (fd);
# endif
#else
if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
FindClose (dirp->current);
free (dirp);
retval = 0;
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

136
lib/closeout.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error, exiting with a diagnostic on error.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "closeout.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include "close-stream.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#ifndef __has_feature
# define __has_feature(a) false
#endif
#if defined __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ || __has_feature (address_sanitizer)
enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = true };
#else
enum { SANITIZE_ADDRESS = false };
#endif
static const char *file_name;
/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
by close_stdout. */
void
close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
{
file_name = file;
}
static bool ignore_EPIPE /* = false */;
/* Specify the reaction to an EPIPE error during the closing of stdout:
- If ignore = true, it shall be ignored.
- If ignore = false, it shall evoke a diagnostic, along with a nonzero
exit status.
The default is ignore = false.
This setting matters only if the SIGPIPE signal is ignored (i.e. its
handler set to SIG_IGN) or blocked. Only particular programs need to
temporarily ignore SIGPIPE. If SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked because
it was ignored or blocked in the parent process when it created the
child process, it usually is a bug in the parent process: It is bad
practice to have SIGPIPE ignored or blocked while creating a child
process.
EPIPE occurs when writing to a pipe or socket that has no readers now,
when SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked.
The ignore = false setting is suitable for a scenario where it is normally
guaranteed that the pipe writer terminates before the pipe reader. In
this case, an EPIPE is an indication of a premature termination of the
pipe reader and should lead to a diagnostic and a nonzero exit status.
The ignore = true setting is suitable for a scenario where you don't know
ahead of time whether the pipe writer or the pipe reader will terminate
first. In this case, an EPIPE is an indication that the pipe writer can
stop doing useless write() calls; this is what close_stdout does anyway.
EPIPE is part of the normal pipe/socket shutdown protocol in this case,
and should not lead to a diagnostic message. */
void
close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore)
{
ignore_EPIPE = ignore;
}
/* Close standard output. On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit
with status 'exit_failure'.
Also close standard error. On error, _exit with status 'exit_failure'.
Since close_stdout is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
once. So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'. If close_stdout
is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams
other than stdout and stderr before exiting, since the call to
_exit will bypass other buffer flushing. Applications should
be flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O
errors. Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit
can bypass the removal of these files.
It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status. */
void
close_stdout (void)
{
if (close_stream (stdout) != 0
&& !(ignore_EPIPE && errno == EPIPE))
{
char const *write_error = _("write error");
if (file_name)
error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
write_error);
else
error (0, errno, "%s", write_error);
_exit (exit_failure);
}
/* Close stderr only if not sanitizing, as sanitizers may report to
stderr after this function returns. */
if (!SANITIZE_ADDRESS && close_stream (stderr) != 0)
_exit (exit_failure);
}

36
lib/closeout.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/* Close standard output and standard error.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2022 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
void close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file);
void close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore);
void close_stdout (void);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif

73
lib/concat-filename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/* Construct a full filename from a directory and a relative filename.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "concat-filename.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "filename.h"
/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
suffix. The directory may end with the directory separator. The second
argument may not start with the directory separator (it is relative).
Return a freshly allocated filename. Return NULL and set errno
upon memory allocation failure. */
char *
concatenated_filename (const char *directory, const char *filename,
const char *suffix)
{
char *result;
char *p;
if (strcmp (directory, ".") == 0)
{
/* No need to prepend the directory. */
result = (char *) malloc (strlen (filename)
+ (suffix != NULL ? strlen (suffix) : 0)
+ 1);
if (result == NULL)
return NULL; /* errno is set here */
p = result;
}
else
{
size_t directory_len = strlen (directory);
int need_slash =
(directory_len > FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (directory)
&& !ISSLASH (directory[directory_len - 1]));
result = (char *) malloc (directory_len + need_slash
+ strlen (filename)
+ (suffix != NULL ? strlen (suffix) : 0)
+ 1);
if (result == NULL)
return NULL; /* errno is set here */
memcpy (result, directory, directory_len);
p = result + directory_len;
if (need_slash)
*p++ = '/';
}
p = stpcpy (p, filename);
if (suffix != NULL)
stpcpy (p, suffix);
return result;
}

46
lib/concat-filename.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Construct a full filename from a directory and a relative filename.
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _CONCAT_FILENAME_H
#define _CONCAT_FILENAME_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
suffix. Return a freshly allocated filename. Return NULL and set errno
upon memory allocation failure. */
extern char *concatenated_filename (const char *directory,
const char *filename, const char *suffix)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
suffix. Return a freshly allocated filename. */
extern char *xconcatenated_filename (const char *directory,
const char *filename, const char *suffix)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _CONCAT_FILENAME_H */

61
lib/copy-acl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Copy access control list from one file to file. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert, Andreas Grünbacher, and Bruno Haible. */
#include <config.h>
#include "acl.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include "quote.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
/* Copy access control lists from one file to another. If SOURCE_DESC is
a valid file descriptor, use file descriptor operations, else use
filename based operations on SRC_NAME. Likewise for DEST_DESC and
DST_NAME.
If access control lists are not available, fchmod the target file to
MODE. Also sets the non-permission bits of the destination file
(S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX) to those from MODE if any are set.
Return 0 if successful, otherwise output a diagnostic and return a
negative error code. */
int
copy_acl (const char *src_name, int source_desc, const char *dst_name,
int dest_desc, mode_t mode)
{
int ret = qcopy_acl (src_name, source_desc, dst_name, dest_desc, mode);
switch (ret)
{
case -2:
error (0, errno, "%s", quote (src_name));
break;
case -1:
error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"), quote (dst_name));
break;
default:
break;
}
return ret;
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More